Text
                    ADVERTISEMENT

P u b l i s h e r s We e k l y. c o m
A U G U S T
2 2 ,
2 0 2 2



PUBLISHERS WEEKLY ■ THE INTERNATIONAL NEWS MAGAZINE OF BOOK PUBLISHING AND BOOKSELLING P u b l i s h e r s We e k l y. c o m 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 A U G U S T Malinda Lo The YA author’s latest novel, A Scatter of Light, is a bittersweet companion to her National Book Award-winning Last Night at the Telegraph Club. See our review on p. 73.
Put Your Finger on the Pulse of Publishing everything you need to know. every day. publishersweekly.com/pwd
Volume 269 Number 35 ISSN 0000-0019 August 22, 2022 FEATURES 28 Life Is What You Bake It Forthcoming baking books emphasize inclusion, trust, and comfort. 41 Second Coming In her new memoir, breakout fantasy author and academic Sofa Samatar describes retracing the steps of a group of Mennonites into the heart of Central Asia. THE GREAT BRITISH BAKE OFF FAN FAVORITE /27ǵ,(%('/2: WHO CARES AS LONG AS IT TASTES GOOD? 75–95 BookLife We talk with Leslye Penelope about her experiences as a successful indie author—and her first foray into postapocalyptic fiction. Plus we’ve got reviews and more. NEWS 6 DOJ v. PRH Winds Down Closing arguments were made Friday in a contentious trial of the government’s lawsuit to block Penguin Random House’s purchase of Simon & Schuster. 7 Print Sales Slip in Mid-August Unit sales of print books dipped 2.9% in the week ended August 13, compared to the similar week last year, with gains in adult fiction and YA offset by losses in adult nonfiction and juvenile. 8 Bookstore Unions Gain Ground Over the past two years, pandemic stress and uncertainty have led to a wave of organizing efforts at bookstores around the country. 11 Deals Former Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu sells an autobiography to Simon & Schuster, Gallery Books takes a memoir by ESPN personality Stephen A. Smith, and more. 12 From the Archive We look back on our 1991 survey of the bookstore chain landscape, when 11 corporations operated a total of 3,300 outlets. %$.,1*,03(5)(Ǥ7 9781667202013 Editorial cover © Sharona Jacobs VISIT US ONLINE FOR ADDITIONAL NEWS, REVIEWS, BESTSELLERS & FEATURES. publishersweekly.com twitter.com/PublishersWkly facebook.com/pubweekly www.thunderbaybooks.com
84,000,000 Annual Web Ad Impressions Contents DEPARTMENTS & COLUMNS 17 Religion & Spirituality New devotionals are aimed at lifting readers’ spirits in difficult times. 26 Open Book 32,000,000 Annual Web Page Views 14,500,000 Annual Opened Emails 14,000,000 Annual Unique Visitors 1,150,000 Social Followers 1,000,000 Print Copies In Bushra Rehman’s coming-of-age novel, a young woman must leave her Pakistani community in Corona, Queens, in order to find herself. 96 Soapbox by Michael Oren A nonfiction author turns his attention to his first love: fiction. BESTSELLERS Adult Hardcovers 14 ● Children’s 16 ● ● Adult Paperbacks 15 REVIEWS Fiction Nonfiction 43 General Fiction 47 Mystery/Thriller 51 SF/Fantasy/Horror 53 Romance/Erotica 55 Inspirational 56 Comics 58 General Nonfiction 66 Religion/Spirituality Children’s/YA 68 Picture Books 70 Fiction 74 Comics 46 64 Boxed Review Blood Red Boxed Review Con/Artist 48 Q&A with Yulia Yakovleva 61 Q&A with Felicity Aston 69 Review Roundup Picture books celebrate autumn holidays PW Publishers Weekly USPS 763-080 (ISSN 0000-0019) is published weekly, except for the last week in December. Published by PWxyz LLC, 49 West 23rd Street, Ninth Floor, New York, NY 10010. George Slowik Jr., President; Cevin Bryerman, Publisher. Records are maintained at Omeda, 4 Overlook Point, Suite A2SE Lincolnshire, IL 60069. Phone: (800) 278-2991 or +001 (818) 487-2069 from outside the U.S. Periodicals postage paid at New York, N.Y. and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to Publishers Weekly, P.O. Box 16957, North Hollywood, CA 91615-6957. PW PUBLISHERS WEEKLY copyright 2022 by PWxyz LLC. Rates for one-year subscriptions in U.S. dollars drawn on a U.S. bank: U.S. $289.99, Canada: $339.99, all other countries: $439.99. Except for special issues where price changes are indicated, single copies are available for $9.99 US; $16.99 for Announcement issues. Extra postage applied for non-U.S. shipping addresses. Please address all subscription mail to Publishers Weekly, P.O. Box 16957, North Hollywood, CA 91615-6957. PW PUBLISHERS WEEKLY is a (registered) trademark of PWxyz LLC. Canadian Publications Mail Agreement No. 42025028. Return undeliverable Canadian addresses to: IMS, 3390 Rand Road, South Plainfield, NJ 07080 E-mail: PublishersWeekly@ omeda.com. PRINTED IN THE USA.
© ELIZA GRIFFITHS C/O RANDOM HOUSE The Week in Publishing Salman Rushdie is recovering after being stabbed on August 12 as he was being introduced before a lecture at the Chautauqua Institution. The publishing community offered widespread support for the author of The Satanic Verses, and called the assault an attack on free expression. © MAD CAVE STUDIOS Terry Nantier Jim Salicrup Lynn Cully, Kensington publisher since 2015, has moved into the newly created role of v-p and director of business. Jacqueline Dinas, Kensington associate publisher, has been promoted to publisher. Mad Cave Studios, a fastgrowing graphic novel publisher, acquired Papercutz, an independent children’s graphic novel house founded in 2005 by Terry Nantier and Jim Salicrup. Papercutz publishes 40–50 titles per year and will become an imprint of Mad Cave. Online & On-Air The Week Ahead Editorial director Jim Milliot wraps up the third, and final, week of the trial of the DOJ’s lawsuit to block Penguin Random House’s purchase of Simon & Schuster. publishersweekly.com/DOJ-trial More to Come The hosts revisit past interviews with Ben Passmore, Maia Kobabe, Frederick Buechner, widely recognized as one of the great Christian writers of the 20th century, died on August 15. He was 96. Carla Speed McNeil, James Tynion, and Marjorie Liu. publishersweekly.com/passmore Children’s Bookshelf In a speech given at the Walter Dean Myers Awards earlier this summer, Newbery and Caldecott Honor–winning author-illustrator Grace Lin addressed the urgent need to defend banned books. publishersweekly.com/WDMawards © A. BLAKE GARDNER Bookstore sales fell 8.2% in June, to $605 million, compared to June 2021, when sales were $659 million, according to estimates from the U.S. Census Bureau. Bookstore sales through the first half of 2022 rose LE 12.9%, to $3.89 SA billion, over the first six months of 2021. President George Slowik Jr. CEO & Publisher Cevin Bryerman Senior V-P, Editorial Director Jim Milliot COO Carl Pritzkat Senior V-P, Children’s Book Editor Diane Roback Senior V-P, Executive Editor Jonathan Segura V-P, Sales & Associate Publisher Joe Murray V-P, Operations Ryk Hsieh Art Director Clive Chiu Managing Editor Daniel Berchenko News Director Rachel Deahl Senior News Editor Calvin Reid News & Digital Editor John Maher Features Editor Carolyn Juris Senior Writer Andrew R. Albanese Bookselling & International Editor Ed Nawotka Senior Reviews Editor Peter Cannon Senior Reviews Editor, Children’s Amanda Bruns Reviews Editors: David Adams, Phoebe Cramer, Meg Lemke, Maya C. Popa, Amanda Ramirez, Carliann Rittman, David Varno Associate Reviews Editor Marc Greenawalt Religion Editor Emma Koonse Wenner Deputy Children’s Book Editor Emma Kantor Editorial Assistant, Children’s Books Iyana Jones Assistant Editor Drucilla Shultz Associate Editor, News Sophia Stewart Deputy Art Director Bobby Lawhorn Jr. Copy Chief Robby Ritacco Director of Marketing Krista Rafanello Marketing Manager Stacey Gill Director of Special Editorial Projects Adam Boretz BookLife Editor Matia Madrona Query BookLife Reviews Editor Alan Scherstuhl Director of Digital Operations Michael Morris Digital Editorial Coordinator Marian Amo Digital Department Assistant Nathalie Mairena Digital Advertising Assistant Beatrice Viri HR Generalist Nathaly Rivas Accounts Receivable Cynthia Flaim Staff Accountant Tim Irwin Accounts Payable Sylvia Joanne Slowik Assistant Office Manager Catherine Hosch Correspondents: West Coast Nathalie op de Beeck 253-306-3793 Midwest Claire Kirch 218-310-1867 Asia Teri Tan (ttan@publishersweekly.com) Editor at Large Louisa Ermelino Contributing Editors: Michael Coffey, Sari Feldman, Liz Hartman, Brian Kenney, Daniel Lefferts, Sally Lodge, Heidi MacDonald, Shannon Maughan, Marcia Z. Nelson, Diane Patrick, Karen Raugust, Sonia Jaffe Robbins, Judith Rosen Regional Sales Team: Deena Ali, Ian Littauer, Julia Molino Sales Coordinator Monique Vieu Circulation Next Steps Marketing Collections Alan Kula, AK Collections IT Support ACS International Licensing Director Christi Cassidy LLC Production/Manufacturing Publishing Experts Web Engineering Mediapolis Interns: Kamille Carrera Pereira, Jason Chen, Ryan Phung How to Reach Us 49 W. 23rd St., Ninth Floor, New York, NY 10010 Phone: 212-377-5500; fax: 212-377-2733; email: publishersweekly@omeda.com To subscribe, change an address, report delivery problems, or inquire about back issues, call 800-278-2991 or 847-513-6135, or fax 818-487-4550 Licensing, Rights & Permissions Christi Cassidy ccassidy@publishersweekly.com Advertising Cevin Bryerman cbryerman@publishersweekly.com Joe Murray jmurray@publishersweekly.com Deena Ali dali@publishersweekly.com Ian Littauer ilittauer@publishersweekly.com Julia Molino jmolino@publishersweekly.com Monique Vieu mvieu@publishersweekly.com Independent Authors Cevin Bryerman cbryerman@publishersweekly.com China Sales Guoxue of Bookdao (+86) 1058773858 publishersweekly.com/masthead To see our advertising guidelines, visit: publishersweekly.com/advertisingguidelines W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 5
News DOJ v. PRH Winds Down Closing arguments were made Friday in a contentious trial of the government’s lawsuit to block PRH’s purchase of Simon & Schuster A with the remaining $31 million from the elimination of thirds the Department of Justice’s case against the party contracts. A rep from PRH said that under no circumproposed acquisition of Simon & Schuster by stances would anyone on the creative side be at risk of losing Penguin Random House entered its third and their jobs. final week, the stress level for all concerned seem Sansigre’s testimony created a stir, especially among S&S to rise. That increased tension became evident Wednesday employees, as he laid out plans for how S&S would be merged morning, when presiding judge Florence Pan excluded the with PRH. In his testimony, he said that since PRH’s sales hours-long presentation of Manuel Sansigre, PRH senior force is five times larger than that of S&S, there was no need v-p of global mergers and acquisitions. Pan ruled that to add to it. PRH later said it was not considering cutting any Sansigre’s data were not independently verified, as required field sales rep positions. On the distribution by precedent. She was especially critical of and fulfillment front, Sansigre said PRH would the revenue projections, which she said should only require the use of one of S&S’s three not be based on models from prior mergers warehouses—the primary one in Riverside, or past experience. In addition, she said the N.J. He also pointed to savings from the mergmodel, which was developed in November ing of the companies’ IT divisions. 2020 but updated more than 100 times, was Sansigre did identify the positive impact itself unreliable because of the numerous the merger will have for authors. For a start, updates. he said, presales were higher at PRH than at The ruling was not totally unexpected. The S&S, thus giving authors better chances of dispute involves PRH’s claims that its acquisihitting bestseller lists, which would in turn tion of S&S would create “cognizable merger“improve dollars returned to authors.” Better specific efficiencies,” and thereby leave more database management and metadata would money for advances and to promote books. The fate off PRH’s purchase of S&S help improve discoverability, which would At a July 25 pretrial hearing, Pan said the figis now in the hands of Judge also improve sales. ures developed by Sansigre had not been Florence Pan. Following Sansigre was Edward Snyder, independently verified, but added that she professor at the Yale School of Management, whom the “was willing to hear the testimony from [PRH expert witness defense called to challenge the theory that the proposed Edward] Snyder and Sansigre to figure out if this is verifiable.” merger would lead to lower advances for authors. Snyder While the ruling is a blow to PRH, it is not seen as fatal, as analyzed data from a survey of 18 literary agents who offered the case was always going to come down to Pan’s view of the him information about 975 different book deals. Of the government’s argument that a merger would give a com975 deals, 360 were valued at $250,000 or more—of bined PRH-S&S too large a share of the anticipated topthose, 150 were won by single bidders and 150 went to sellers segment. auction (60 were undefined in this regard). PRH and S&S Some trial observers believe Pan decided to make the rulwon 96 of those 360 contracts, or 26.5%. Furthermore, ing before hearing the presentation, considering that she Snyder said his analysis of the 975 deals showed that read it from a multipage document that referenced numerbetween 2019 and 2021, there were more than 25 pubous precedents. Predetermined or not, Pan’s decision lishers that bid on books that sold for more than $250,000. included a figure that was supposed to remain secret: PRH He cited Chronicle and Norton as examples of publishers anticipates $81 million in savings from the S&S merger by bidding on the big books. 2025. The expense reductions include $25 million from Throughout his testimony, Snyder maintained that imprint distribution and warehousing, as well as $25 million from competition—aided by agents who, he contended, routinely IT and redundant administrative and managerial functions, 6 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2
News encourage bidding wars between two imprints of the same publisher—is enough to keep advances rising. On Thursday, the final day of testimony, Nicholas Hill, the DOJ expert witness, argued that only competition between publishers can ensure increases in advances. Hill and Snyder would later clash over whether or not, as Snyder claimed, non–Big Five publishers can regularly compete with the largest publishers, not only for big authors but in sales overall. Hill argued that non–Big Five publishers rarely win deals for advances of $250,000 or more, and that non–Big Five publishers “see significant barriers to expansion and haven’t significantly changed their market share” in recent years. The events of Wednesday somewhat overshadowed the testimony of PRH US CEO Madeline McIntosh, who was on the stand Monday. Under questioning from PRH lead attorney Dan Petrocelli, McIntosh repeatedly made the point that the size of advances plays no role in marketing plans. “It’s very much an iterative process,” she said, referring to the shifts marketing strategy can undergo depending on buzz, sales, and something she described many times as “opportunity”—meaning when a book gets unexpected attention (e.g., being selected for a celebrity book club). “We’re adapting in real time,” she explained, adding that by the time marketing plans are discussed, a book’s advance is “a sunk cost.” McIntosh admitted that “we’ve made some painfully expensive mistakes” when it comes to buying titles by big authors, noting that sales predictions can themselves be unreliable. She said the most profitable books are unexpected—breakout hits like Where the Crawdads Sing by Delia Owens and Gone Girl by Gillian Flynn. “Even if we had hopes for them at the time of acquisition, the sales so outstrip our expectations—they are the books that account for the lion’s share of profitability,” she added. The government’s cross-examination focused on showing how big PRH already is. Pan also explored that avenue and, picking up on a point made by HarperCollns CEO Brian Murray in his testimony the previous week, asked McIntosh if it’s true that if HarperCollins Christian Publishing were excluded from HC, PRH’s trade business would be three times that of HC. McIntosh said she did not have the data to confirm that. On Friday, the trial moved to closing arguments, and briefs will be due to the judge in September. —Jim Milliot, with reporting by Ed Nawotka and BethAnne Patrick The Weekly Scorecard Print Sales Slipped 2.9% in Mid-August Unit sales of print books dipped 2.9% in the week ended Aug. 13, 2022, from the comparable week last year, at outlets that report to NPD BookScan. The week’s sales pattern looked a lot like that of the previous week’s—a modest decline, with higher sales of adult fiction and young adult titles offset by lower adult nonfiction and juvenile sales. The 7.5% decline in adult nonfiction sales came despite a strong first week for I’m Glad My Mom Died by Jennette McCurdy, which sold more than 41,000 copies, landing it in first place on the category list. In the week ended Aug. 14, 2021, American Marxism by Mark Levine was #1, selling about 43,000 copies. The highest-debuting title a year ago was Woke, Inc. by Vivek Ramaswamy, which sold more than 21,000 copies. Colleen Hoover managed to place seven books among the top 10 adult fiction bestsellers, helping to boost category sales 13.2%. It Ends with Us was #1, selling more than 89,000 copies, and her seven books sold about 320,000 copies in total. Sales of YA fiction were up 1.5% in the week. For the second consecutive week, Long Live the Pumpkin Queen by Shea Ernshaw was the category’s top title, with more than 22,000 copies sold. It’s Not Summer Without You was #2, selling more than 13,000 copies, and was the highest-ranking of Jenny Han’s four books on the category list. Sales of juvenile nonfiction had the largest drop of the major categories, falling 15%, with declines in each of its subcategories. TOTAL SALES OF PRINT BOOKS (in thousands) AUG. 14, 2021 Total AUG. 13, CHGE 2022 WEEK CHGE YTD 14,393 13,971 -2.9% -5.7% UNIT SALES OF PRINT BOOKS BY CATEGORY (in thousands) AUG. 14, AUG. 13, CHGE 2021 2022 WEEK Adult Nonfiction 5,588 Adult Fiction 3,451 Juvenile Nonfiction 1,285 Juvenile Fiction 3,143 Young Adult Fiction 640 Young Adult Nonfiction 76 5,168 -7.5% 3,906 13.2% 1,092 -15.0% 2,887 -8.1% 649 1.5% 84 10.0% CHGE YTD -10.1% 6.9% -10.1% -7.5% -0.8% -1.7% UNIT SALES OF PRINT BOOKS BY FORMAT (in thousands) AUG. 14, AUG. 13, CHGE 2021 2022 WEEK CHGE YTD Hardcover 3,718 3,372 -9.3% -10.2% Trade Paperback 8,821 8,847 0.3% -2.2% Mass Market Paperback 722 595 -17.5% -19.9% Board Books 699 709 1.5% -4.2% SOURCE: NPD BOOKSCAN AND PUBLISHERS WEEKLY. NPD’S U.S. CONSUMER MARKET PANEL COVERS APPROXIMATELY 80% OF THE PRINT BOOK MARKET AND CONTINUES TO GROW. W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 7
News Bookstore Unions Gain Ground I © BOOK WORKERS UNION f indie bookstores lean progressive, grassroots organizprocess all these orders on a weekend with only four other ing is testing their lefty mettle. Book Soup in West Hollyemployees in the store”). wood and Page 1 Books in Albuquerque, N.Mex., are only Recent hires are often quick to recognize room for improvethe latest to unionize in what may be a generational and ment and push for unionization. Bookseller and organizer Covid-related trend. Over the past two years in particular, Heather Freeman recently celebrated her one-year anniverpandemic stress and uncertainty have led to frontline booksary with Page 1 Books, though she has been a customer for store workers feeling unsafe and overburdened. years. “To us as bookseller staff, it looks like the store is Unions represent a way of taking collective rather than doing well,” Freeman said. “There are lots of customers, lots individual action, and successful union drives at Bookshop of transactions every day, but the thing is, we’re wearing a Santa Cruz in California, Elliott Bay Book Co. in Seattle, and lot of different hats. A person can be doing customer service, Moe’s Books in Berkeley, Calif., shelving, book returns, receiving, appear to have emboldened all in quick succession,” making new organizers. At Snow Days the labor unsustainable. 2022 earlier his year, ABA conTori Cardenas started his vened a webinar on unionizabookselling job at Page 1 in tion’s pros and cons with labor April, after grassroots organizlawyer Jon Hiatt and collective ing as a graduate student at the bargaining specialist Mark R. University of New Mexico. Among Reiss. The ABA went to great his goals are “to keep up with lengths to maintain confidentiinflation and with rental costs,” ality of those who attended and he said. “If I can’t even afford a asked questions via Zoom, indireliable place to live, how can I cating the sensitivity of this In March 2020, the newly recognized Book Workers Union gathered at keep working at this job?” Elliott Bay Book Co. in Seattle. subject matter. Staffers who had been accustomed to business as usual Labor of love had a chance to reconsider their working conditions and One unforeseen consequence of unionization is that a large everyday risks when stores closed in 2020. In union shops number of workers, including young activists, move on after like Portland, Ore.’s Powell’s Books (ILWU Local 5, estabtheir unions are established. At Moe’s Books, whose union lished in 1999), disputes arose when management recalled contract was ratified in November 2021, at least five laid-off employees. In non-union shops, new hires that came employees who took an active role in organizing are no longer aboard during the pandemic felt an urgency to reshape the with the store, including Noah Ross, Owen Hill, and Kalie workplace—sometimes with long-standing coworkers’ McGuirl (McGuirl penned a pro-union blog post about Moe’s encouragement, sometimes not. for Verso in May 2022). In an email, Ross emphasized that At Book Soup, a division of Vroman’s in West Hollywood, even though he and the others left Moe’s, he and two fellow Calif., Hazel Angell started a job as supervisor in summer IWW delegates “stayed on [with the local] to help with our 2021. (Angell previously worked at Book Soup six years ago contract in the hopes that they could create a nontoxic work and called it “the best job I ever had.”) When she arrived, environment for future workers.” people who had been furloughed or on leave were just returnVictor Serrano, an organizing coordinator for CWA Dising, and only 10–15 customers were allowed in the store at trict 9 (whose affiliates include Book Soup, Bookstore Santa a time. As mask mandates and customer limits were lifted, Cruz, and Skylight Books in L.A.), explained that resigna“someone at Vroman’s decided we were fully operational tions are common after unionization. He believes that workagain,” Angell said. Whispers about unionizing led to grassers unite around shared labor principles and a desire to roots efforts, and Vroman’s recognized the union in June improve companies for the workers who come after them. 2022. A contract has yet to be negotiated, Angell said, and Angell, of Book Soup, agrees. “Forming a union is a lot of workers remain strapped (“Right now we have a Clive Barker work, and I wouldn’t be doing it if I didn’t care,” she said. “I campaign with hundreds of internet orders, and we have to love this store, I love my coworkers, I love bookselling work— 8 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2
News it is one of my greatest joys. The unionizing is to ensure that this industry can survive. You can’t pride yourself on not being Amazon and then not give your workers safety and respect.” At Bookshop Santa Cruz, which ratified its contract on July 8, manager Casey Coonerty Protti said some organizers were connected to a graduate student strike at UC Santa Cruz and sought “a progressive outcome for social justice.” After unionizing the store, Protti added, “the vast majority of them left. The bargaining committee, which had been five people, was down to one person at the end. Our retention of regular workers didn’t change; it was normal.” An 18 to 10 vote to unionize, with three eligible employees not voting, meant a 58% majority ruled. Even so, Protti found the process “hard on employees who have been here a long time.” Prior to the union, Protti explained, “there was a small pay range for the off-floor positions, so you would start at something and move up to the top part of that range. In general, unions find ranges to be subjective, so they prefer to have a set wage.” With “a more democratized pay scale that eliminated ranges,” a six-year employee and a new hire with the same off-floor position make the same hourly wage at Bookshop Santa Cruz. “Now, that same is $2 more than they were making before,” Protti said. “So it’s not to say one system is better than another. You have to weigh all the impacts.” At Elliott Bay, booksellers refer to themselves as book workers. They established their own Book Workers Union rather than affiliating as a local with a shop like IWW or CWA. After consulting with workers at the Frye Art Museum and other leaders in the Seattle labor community, “we believed that going independent would give us the maximum ability to build the organization,” said BWU cochair and seven-year Elliott Bay book worker Sam Karpp. “There are pitfalls, like a ton of back-end labor that needs to be done. We had to set up bank accounts, register for nonprofit status, develop a constitution and bylaws. But it was important to us that the rank and file be the central movers in our organization.” He added that the BWU is open to affiliates, ideally in the same geographic region. Like other shops, it has seen some attrition. Three-year Elliott Bay book worker Ellis Breunig no longer works at the store, yet cochairs the BWU to fulfill an elected one-year and Celebrate the long life and prodigious publishing brilliance RIP 1939 – 2022 of Diana Steel founder and Publisher of Antique Collectors Club now ACC Art Books W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 9
News obligation. Despite not being compensated for this role, Breunig believes the BWU “definitely has been a net positive.” Workers now have a shorter waiting period for healthcare, guaranteed maintenance of health plans, an increased wage floor, and regular raises twice annually for the duration of their collective bargaining agreement. There are sometimes unexpected outcomes when stores organize. Workers may want the protections a union can provide but may also find union policies around assigned shifts and approved time off to be more rigid. Owners may say they are pro-union but later find that the process of collective bargaining and meeting labor demands is sometimes too costly for small businesses. “Finding an attorney hits our bottom line” and jeopardizes the store’s financial solvency, admitted one management representative. Larger retailers may be more amenable to unionization, if only because they can shoulder the expenses, including legal fees, which can run into six figures even for a midsize store. (The UFCW-affiliated Half Price Books Workers United has unionized six shops so far: four in Minnesota, one in Indiana, and one in Illinois.) When booksellers began organizing at Moe’s Books, “the advice I got from many people was to just give up,” said owner Doris Moskowitz. “But there is no giving up—I feel like I made this commitment to my parents [her dad was founder Moe Moskowitz], and to Berkeley.” She described the cost of preparing the contract as “huge—more than we ever expected,” but necessary to the collective process. “If Moe’s can do it, Amazon can do it—they have the profit margin.” When workers unionized at Skylight Books, general manager Mary Williams decided not to hire a contract attorney at all. “We were negotiating the contract in 2021, when it was unclear how long it would take us to bounce back from our pandemic losses,” she said. “The costs of the contract negotiation phase were just in time and hard work—and it was hundreds of hours of my time and the negotiating committee’s time, altogether. But that hard work paid off in a contract that I think we all feel good about.” Skylight’s contract went into effect on February 21, and Williams’s savings efforts enabled her to make other adjustments for employees. “We did have to change our time clock and scheduling software to accommodate the introduction of differential pay in the union contract, so that was an additional cost and labor-intensive transition, but it’s working well now,” she said. Skylight also made changes to pay structure in response to wage compression, resulting in a “noticeable bump in pay for our longer-term booksellers and managers, rewarding them for their loyalty,” Williams said. “It also creates a scale 10 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 that combines years on the job and responsibilities in a way that seems more fair than what we had before. It wasn’t my idea, but after going through many drafts with the negotiating committee, I’m pleased with the way it turned out.” No one-size-fits-all model Management and nonmanagement employees alike attribute unionization to various causes: changing generational values, a need for clear boundaries between managers and staff, and young workers motivated more by cash-in-hand than by incentives like profit sharing. Every store requires its own set of policies to satisfy its specific base. “Bookstores are so idiosyncratic that my experience won’t necessarily be everyone’s,” Williams said. “I don’t believe there’s such a thing as a typical indie bookstore, so I don’t think there will be a typical bookstore unionization experience. But I think the process of creating a union contract can provide an opportunity for store owners and staffs to clarify for themselves and each other what they’re looking for out of that relationship.” At San Francisco’s Green Apple Books, which has been a union shop since 1994 (UFCW Local 5), Pete Mulvihill—who co-owns the store with Kevin Ryan—described the process of renegotiating the collective bargaining agreement every three years. “The negative is that once every three years, the difference between management and staff is accentuated, and then for the next three years we try to blur that line again,” he said. “On the other hand, the professionalization of our store moved forward in leaps and bounds when we unionized. Things unwritten or tacit became firm. People hired now know exactly what they’ll get paid, how much healthcare will cost.” For Mulvihill, slim margins and a high cost of living in the Bay Area come with the bookselling territory. “The overarching problem with the book business is that prices are fixed,” he said. “If I need the new Stephen King, I buy it from Simon & Schuster because that’s who makes it. I’m not a grocery store, where if I don’t like the price of lemons I can find a different supplier. If PRH wants to give us another five percentage points, I can give all our workers a raise.” At Elliott Bay, Karpp feels the BWU improved wages and benefits, yet admits to having moderate expectations for Seattle-area book labor. “When I started, I was making $9 an hour in New York City,” Karpp said. “I am better off making $19 an hour with benefits, with a union contract and fulltime work. But in Seattle, there’s an enormous gap between where we’re at and the median wage.” —Nathalie op de Beeck
DEALS By Rachel Deahl DEAL OF THE WEEK © MARC BAPTISTE ■ Smith ‘Straight’ Talks for 13A For Gallery Books’ 13A imprint, Charles M. Suitt bought world rights to the memoir Straight Shooter by Stephen A. Smith, a sports pundit and coanchor of ESPN’s First Take. In the book, 13A said, Smith tells his story of “growing up poor in Queens” as “the son of Caribbean immigrants and the youngest of six children.” He Smith details how he became a sports reporter for the Daily News, covering the paper’s high school beat, and worked his way up to a job at ESPN, where he was hired, fired, then rehired. “He pulls back the curtain on life beyond the set,” the publisher added, “with authentic stories about his negligent father, his loving mother, being a father himself, his life-threatening battle with Covid, and what he really thinks about politics and social issues.” Straight Shooter was sold by Rushion McDonald at 3815 Media and is slated for January 2023. ■ Sherbrooke Lands at Pegasus Jessica Case at Pegasus Books took world English rights to The Hidden Life of Aster Kelly by Katherine Sherbrooke. The novel, set for April 2023, is about “identity and chosen Sherbrooke ■ Morrow Wins Sue’s Debut After a 10-bidder auction, William Morrow won two books by Natalie Sue, including her debut, I Hope This Finds You Well. Morrow’s Julia Elliott negotiated the North American rights agreement with Root Literary’s Melanie Figueroa and Taylor Haggerty. I Hope This Finds You Well, the publisher said, follows an Sue office worker who, after being caught writing negative emails about her coworkers, is mistakenly granted access to her colleagues’ inboxes and then “decides to turn the tables in the face of impending layoffs.” Morrow is comparing the novel, slated for summer 2024, to works like Anxious People and Eleanor Oliphant Is Completely Fine. Sue, a Persian British Canadian, lives in Calgary. At press time, the novel had sold in numerous foreign auctions, with sales concluded in the U.K., Italy, and Germany. ■ Penguin Buys Jonusas’s ‘Candy’ For Penguin, Terezia Cicel bought North American rights to American Candy by Susan Jonusas. Jonusas, author of this year’s critically lauded Hell’s Half-Acre, tells the story of Juanita Slusher, a mid-20th-century burlesque dancer who went by the stage name Candy Barr. The book, Penguin said, details how Barr “fought Jonusas her way out of sex trafficking as a teenager” and “became a notorious performer who fraternized with the elite of golden era Hollywood as well as the gangsters of L.A.’s seedy underbelly.” It shows how Slusher’s life was “marked by profound injustice at the hands of a society that both adored and despised her.” Georgina Capel at Georgina Capel Associates represented Jonusas. © DUNCAN ROE Former Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu sold his autobiography to Jonathan Karp at Simon & Schuster. Karp took world rights to Bibi: My Story from lawyer Gary Ginsberg on an exclusive submission. The book, which is set for November 22, will be released through S&S’s Threshold imprint and will be edited by Max Meltzer. It will, the publisher said, recount Netanyahu’s youth in Israel and America, “the prominent legacy of his family in the birth of Zionism, his service in an elite unit of the Israeli Defense Forces, and the devastating impact of the death of his brother Yoni, who was killed while leading his men in the historic rescue of 102 hostages in Entebbe, Uganda.” S&S added that the title, from Israel’s longest-serving Netanyahu prime minister, will stand as “required reading for anyone with an interest in the past and future of the Jewish state and the Jewish people.” © MELISSA BOMEISLER ■ Simon & Schuster Buys Bibi’s Autobio families,” the publisher said, “as Aster, a model and aspiring designer in 1940s Hollywood, makes a secret decision that threatens to upend her daughter’s life decades later.” Michael Carlisle at InkWell Management represented Sherbrooke, who is a former entrepreneur and author of such novels as Fill the Sky and Leaving Coy Hill. W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 11
FROM THE ARCHIVE August 29, 2011 In a 1991 survey of the bookstore chain landscape, we reported that there were nearly 3,300 bookstores operated by 11 corporate parents. Those companies included national and regional chains as well as a number of Christian bookstore chains. Thirty-one years later, three chains remain and are operating a total of 995 outlets, with the only constant being that Barnes & Noble was the largest chain in 1991 and is still the largest today. 12 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2
Behind the Bestsellers BY CAROLYN JURIS AUG. 7–13, 2022 ON TO THE NEXT STAGE Former child star Jennette McCurdy has the #5 book in the country with the memoir I’m Glad My Mom Died. Known for her role as Sam in iCarly, McCurdy “recounts a harrowing childhood directed by her emotionally abusive stage mother,” per our starred review. “Insightful and incisive, heartbreaking and raw, McCurdy’s narrative reveals a strong woman who triumphs over unimaginable pressure to emerge whole on the other side.” On August 9, Brooklyn’s Books Are Magic hosted a sold-out launch event at the Bell House with McCurdy (front row, second from r. with BAM staffers) in conversation with journalist Susan Burton. Media Watch N E W & N O TA B L E 5,777 The Netflix adaption of Neil Gaiman’s Sandman comics, centered on Morpheus, the personification of dreams, dropped August 5. The 10-episode arc, which covers issues #1–#16 of the 75-issue series, shot to the top of the streaming channel’s most-watched list. In spring, DC released four new collected editions of the comics, and this week, The Sandman, Book 1 (issues #1–#20) debuts at #14 on our trade paperback list with its best weekly sales to date. PATH LIT BY LIGHTNING David Maraniss #3 Hardcover Nonfiction Maraniss “trains his keen eye on the remarkable career of Jim Thorpe,” our review said of this biography of the athlete who, in 1912, was the first Native American to win Olympic gold for the U.S. “This essential work restores a legendary figure to his rightful place in history.” LIFE ON THE MISSISSIPPI Rinker Buck #7 Hardcover Nonfiction “Journalist Buck, who documented his travels by covered wagon in The Oregon Trail,” per our review, “returns with a captivating and occasionally cantankerous account of the 2,000-mile, fourmonth flatboat journey he made in 2016 down the Ohio and Mississippi rivers from Pittsburgh to New Orleans.” Hot Spot Debuting at #1 on our hardcover fiction list, Heat 2 is director, screenwriter, and producer Michael Mann’s crime thriller debut, written with Edgar winner Meg Gardiner. Our review said it “falls short as a sequel” to Mann’s 1995 Al Pacino–Robert DeNiro vehicle, Heat, citing characters that aren’t “meaningfully fleshed out” and prose that’s “often stilted and baroque.” But there’s good news for those who think more of Mann’s directing chops—he’s just started shooting his next film, Ferrari, a biography of the eponymous race car driver and luxury sports car manufacturer, with Adam Driver in the title role. Recent Weekly Print Unit Sales for The Sandman, Book 1 2,075 1,524 787 WEEK ENDED: July 23 July 30 August August 6 13 TOP 10 OVERALL RANK TITLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 It Ends with Us Where the Crawdads Sing Verity Ugly Love I’m Glad My Mom Died Reminders of Him November 9 The Seven Husbands of Evelyn Hugo All Your Perfects Long Live the Pumpkin Queen AUTHOR IMPRINT Colleen Hoover Delia Owens Colleen Hoover Colleen Hoover Jennette McCurdy Colleen Hoover Colleen Hoover Taylor Jenkins Reid Colleen Hoover Shea Ernshaw Atria Putnam Grand Central Atria Simon & Schuster Montlake Atria Washington Square Atria Disney Press UNITS 89,517 69,755 68,146 58,431 41,687 36,058 35,895 35,433 24,483 22,037 INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY NPD BOOKSCAN. COPYRIGHT © 2022 THE NPD GROUP. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ALL PRINT UNIT SALES PER NPD BOOKSCAN EXCEPT WHERE NOTED W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 13
Information supplied by NPD BookScan. Copyright © 2022 The NPD Group. All rights reserved. Adult Bestsellers | AUG. 7–13, 2022 Hardcover Frontlist Fiction RANK LW TITLE AUTHOR IMPRINT ISBN 1 – Heat 2 Mann/Gardiner Morrow 9780062653314 15,232 2 1 The 6:20 Man David Baldacci Grand Central 9781538719848 14,322 3 – The Family Remains Lisa Jewell Atria 9781982178895 9,799 4 2 Portrait of an Unknown Woman Daniel Silva Harper 9780062834850 9,380 5 4 The Hotel Nantucket Elin Hilderbrand Little, Brown 9780316258678 9,023 6 5 Shattered Patterson/Born Little, Brown 9780316499484 8,751 7 3 Wrong Place Wrong Time Gillian McAllister Morrow 9780063252349 8,093 8 9 Sparring Partners John Grisham Doubleday 9780385549325 7,740 9 6 The It Girl Ruth Ware Scout 9781982155261 7,686 10 13 Lessons in Chemistry Bonnie Garmus Doubleday 9780385547345 5,747 11 12 Tomorrow, and Tomorrow, and Tomorrow Gabrielle Zevin Knopf 9780593321201 5,692 12 – Glacier’s Edge R.A. Salvatore Harper Voyager 9780063029828 4,688 13 7 Reckoning Catherine Coulter Morrow 9780063004139 4,495 14 16 Horse Geraldine Brooks Viking 9780399562969 4,183 15 19 Run, Rose, Run James Patterson Little, Brown 9780759554344 3,679 16 11 The Many Daughters of Afong Moy Jamie Ford Atria 9781982158217 3,660 17 15 The Last to Vanish Megan Miranda Scribner/Rucci 9781982147310 3,582 18 8 Black Dog Stuart Woods Putnam 9780593540008 3,556 19 17 Rising Tiger Brad Thor Atria/Bestler 9781982182151 3,555 20 18 The House Across the Lake Riley Sager Dutton 9780593183199 3,547 Hardcover Frontlist Nonfiction UNITS RANK LW TITLE AUTHOR IMPRINT ISBN 1 – I’m Glad My Mom Died Jennette McCurdy Simon & Schuster 9781982185824 41,687 2 1 Unlock Your Potential Jeff Lerner Benbella/Holt 9781637741740 6,027 3 – Path Lit by Lightning David Maraniss Simon & Schuster 9781476748412 5,568 4 – The Uncanny X-Men Trading Cards Lee/Piskor/Budiansky Abrams 9781419757242 5,476 5 3 Atlas of the Heart Brené Brown Random House 9780399592553 5,434 6 – Swerve or Die Petty/Henican St. Martin’s 9781250277817 4,576 7 – Life on the Mississippi Rinker Buck Avid Reader 9781501106378 3,845 8 – The Destructionists Dana Milbank Doubleday 9780385548137 3,634 9 13 The Return: Trump’s Big 2024 Comeback Dick Morris Humanix 9781630062071 3,443 10 5 Battle for the American Mind Pete Hegseth Broadside 9780063215047 3,442 11 4 Half Baked Harvest Every Day Tieghan Gerard Clarkson Potter 9780593232552 3,020 12 9 Killing the Killers O’Reilly/Dugard St. Martin’s 9781250279255 2,912 13 20 Defeating Big Government Socialism Newt Gingrich Center Street 9781546003199 2,897 14 8 Finding Me Viola Davis HarperOne 9780063037328 2,861 15 – Shy Rodgers/Green FSG 9780374298623 2,815 16 14 Jesus Listens Sarah Young Thomas Nelson 9781400215584 2,721 17 – Always Faithful Schueman/Zaki Morrow 9780063260610 2,433 18 12 The Power of One More Ed Mylett Wiley 9781119815365 2,416 19 – The Leadership Secrets of Nick Saban John Talty Benbella/Holt 9781637740835 2,275 20 17 Find Your People Jennie Allen WaterBrook 9780593193389 2,269 LW: rank last week 14 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 UNITS
Information supplied by NPD BookScan. Copyright © 2022 The NPD Group. All rights reserved. Mass Market Frontlist RANK LW TITLE AUTHOR IMPRINT ISBN 1 1 Where the Crawdads Sing (media tie-in) Delia Owens Putnam 9780593540350 10,427 2 2 The Butler Danielle Steel Dell 9781984821546 6,388 3 3 Abandoned in Death J.D. Robb St. Martin’s 9781250846952 4,902 4 6 Rich Dad Poor Dad Robert T. Kiyosaki Plata 9781612681139 4,346 5 5 The Third Grave Lisa Jackson Zebra 9781420149074 4,278 6 7 Three Women Disappear Patterson/Serafin Grand Central 9781538750087 4,144 7 9 The Summer House Patterson/DuBois Grand Central 9781538752845 3,629 8 4 The Measure of a Man Johnstone/Johnstone Pinnacle 9780786048588 3,455 9 12 It’s Better This Way Debbie Macomber Ballantine 9781984818805 3,255 10 10 From Dusk to Dawn Nora Roberts Silhouette 9781335147578 3,163 11 14 Blue Skies Nora Roberts St. Martin’s 9781250847133 3,129 12 8 Aura of Night Heather Graham Mira 9780778386476 2,872 13 23 If It Bleeds Stephen King Pocket 9781982138004 2,674 14 11 Go West, Young Man Johnstone/Johnstone Pinnacle 9780786049158 2,634 15 15 Ready for Romance Debbie Macomber Harlequin 9781335744982 2,631 16 21 The Guest List Lucy Foley Morrow 9780063215382 2,478 17 19 Weddings in Orchard Valley Debbie Macomber Mira 9780778386186 2,423 18 17 The Texan Way Diana Palmer Harlequin 9781335454393 2,346 19 20 Brannigan’s Land Johnstone/Johnstone Pinnacle 9780786048687 2,263 20 16 In Love with the Amish Nanny Rebecca Kertz Love Inspired 9781335585127 2,078 TITLE AUTHOR IMPRINT ISBN Trade Paperback Frontlist UNITS RANK LW UNITS 1 1 Verity Colleen Hoover Grand Central 9781538724736 68,146 2 2 Reminders of Him Colleen Hoover Montlake 9781542025607 36,058 3 4 Book Lovers Emily Henry Berkley 9780593334836 18,809 4 3 Every Summer After Carley Fortune Berkley 9780593438534 16,890 5 5 Where the Crawdads Sing (media tie-in) Delia Owens Putnam 9780593540480 14,040 6 10 The Wish Nicholas Sparks Grand Central 9781538728604 12,944 7 7 Things We Never Got Over Lucy Score Bloom 9781945631832 11,585 8 9 The Love Hypothesis Ali Hazelwood Berkley 9780593336823 11,252 9 11 Malibu Rising Taylor Jenkins Reid Ballantine 9781524798673 10,088 10 14 Apples Never Fall Liane Moriarty Holt 9781250220271 8,139 11 – Komi Can’t Communicate, Vol. 20 Tomohito Oda Viz 9781974731039 7,845 12 26 Billy Summers Stephen King Gallery 9781982173623 6,286 13 19 Hook, Line, and Sinker Tessa Bailey Avon 9780063045699 5,837 14 95 The Sandman, Book 1 Neil Gaiman et al. DC Black Label 9781779515179 5,777 15 23 Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba (coloring book) Koyoharu Gotouge Viz 9781974729111 5,697 16 21 The Spanish Love Deception Elena Armas Atria 9781668002520 5,449 17 17 Art of Coloring: Hocus Pocus – Disney Editions 9781368076500 5,361 18 18 The Judge’s List John Grisham Vintage 9780593157848 5,340 19 – Strong in Battle Susie Larson Bethany House 9780764231711 4,927 20 – What Happened to the Bennetts Lisa Scottoline Putnam 9780525539759 4,907 LW: rank last week W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 15
Information supplied by NPD BookScan. Copyright © 2022 The NPD Group. All rights reserved. Children’s Bestsellers | AUG. 7–13, 2022 Children’s Frontlist Fiction RANK TITLE AUTHOR IMPRINT ISBN 1 Long Live the Pumpkin Queen: Tim Burton’s The Nightmare Before Christmas 2 The Summer I Turned Pretty (media tie-in) 3 On Purpose (Cat Kid Comic Club #3) 4 Good Girl, Bad Blood 5 Heartstopper #4 6 The Bad Guys in Open Wide and Say Arrrgh! (The Bad Guys #15) 7 The Hawthorne Legacy 8 All of Us Villains 9 Big Shot (Diary of a Wimpy Kid #16) 10 Lally’s Game (Five Nights at Freddy’s: Tales from the Pizzaplex #1) 11 The Fourth Closet (Five Nights at Freddy’s Graphic Novel #3) 12 Perspectives (Cat Kid Comic Club #2) 13 FGTeeV: The Switcheroo Rescue! 14 Avatar, the Last Airbender: The Dawn of Yangchen (Chronicles of the Avatar #3) 15 The Lightning Thief (media tie-in) 16 As Good as Dead 17 Good-Bye Stacey, Good-Bye (The Baby-Sitters Club Graphic Novel #11) 18 The Fear 19 Better Than the Movies 20 The Flames of Hope (Wings of Fire #15) 21 The Brightest Night (Wings of Fire Graphic Novel #5) 22 Captain Underpants and the Sensational Saga... 23 The Hate U Give 24 Loveless 25 Family of Liars Shea Ernshaw Disney Press 9781368069601 22,037 Jenny Han Dav Pilkey Holly Jackson Alice Oseman Aaron Blabey Jennifer Lynn Barnes Amanda Foody Jeff Kinney Scott Cawthon Scott Cawthon Dav Pilkey FGTeeV F.C. Yee Simon & Schuster Graphix Ember Graphix Scholastic Little, Brown Tor Teen Amulet Scholastic Graphix Graphix HarperAlley Amulet 9781665922074 11,330 9781338801941 7,381 9781984896438 5,430 9781338617559 5,155 9781338813180 5,144 9780316105187 4,825 9781250789273 4,716 9781419749155 4,132 9781338827309 4,056 9781338741162 3,581 9781338784855 3,542 9780063093003 3,218 9781419756771 3,165 Rick Riordan Holly Jackson Martin/Epstein Disney-Hyperion Delacorte Graphix 9781368051477 3,083 9780593379851 2,842 9781338616040 2,802 Natasha Preston Lynn Painter Tui T. Sutherland Martin/Epstein Dav Pilkey Angie Thomas Alice Oseman E. Lockhart Delacorte Simon & Schuster Scholastic Press Graphix Scholastic HC/Balzer + Bray Scholastic Press Delacorte 9780593125014 9781534467637 9781338214574 9781338730852 9781338347258 9780062498540 9781338751932 9780593485859 Children’s Picture Books UNITS 2,621 2,528 2,527 2,523 2,309 2,297 2,123 2,074 RANK TITLE AUTHOR IMPRINT ISBN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Eric Carle Wing/Durrell Martin/Carle Steinberg/Chambers Hepworth/Warnes Olsen/Sonke Martin/Archambault/Ehlert Dr. Seuss Brown/Hurd Rossner/Hanson Carraway/Hryvtsova Wing/Zemke Roger Priddy Danneberg/Love – McBratney/Jeram Roger Priddy Robert Munsch John/Climo Paul/Walker Emily Winfield Martin Mo Willems Edwards/Marshall Eric Hill Ryan T. Higgins Philomel Grosset & Dunlap Holt Grosset & Dunlap Tiger Tales Shannon Olsen Little Simon Random House HarperFestival Sourcebooks Wonderland Cedar Fort Grosset & Dunlap Priddy Charlesbridge Tiger Tales Candlewick Priddy Firefly Dial FSG Random House Hyperion Silver Dolphin Warne Disney-Hyperion 9780399226908 12,512 9780448425009 11,678 9780805047905 9,799 9780448456249 9,382 9781589255517 8,818 9780578629094 8,692 9781442450707 8,565 9780679805274 7,645 9780694003617 7,566 9781728213743 7,163 9781462143634 6,081 9780448437477 6,061 9780312510787 5,766 9781580890618 5,606 9781589258723 5,594 9781536210637 5,495 9780312527594 5,395 9780920668375 5,391 9780735228559 5,295 9780374300210 5,262 9780385376716 4,992 9781368046459 4,950 9781684122585 4,758 9780399240461 4,643 9781368003551 4,624 The Very Hungry Caterpillar The Night Before Kindergarten Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You See? Kindergarten, Here I Come! I Love You to the Moon and Back Our Class Is a Family Chicka Chicka Boom Boom Oh, the Places You’ll Go! Goodnight Moon I Love You Like No Otter My Dear Little One The Night Before First Grade First 100 Words First Day Jitters A Is for Apple Guess How Much I Love You See, Touch, Feel Love You Forever First Day Critter Jitters If Animals Kissed Good Night The Wonderful Things You Will Be The Pigeon Has to Go to School! You’re My Little Cuddle Bug Where’s Spot? We Don’t Eat Our Classmates 16 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 UNITS
Department | RELIGION & SPIRITUALITY Devotionals for Better Days Short biblical readings can lift the spirit, publishers say D evotionals, which offer daily doses of uplifting spiritual content and often quotes from the Bible, are taking on a greater importance in the market today, according to religion publishers. Many devotionals follow a 365-day format, with a reading for each calendar day, while others are shorter and can be read in any order. The goal of every devotional is the same, however: to guide readers into a deeper relationship with God. This year, new devotionals are catering to audiences in an especially troubled season. “People are hungry for spiritual content written in modern language that helps ground them in chaotic, difficult, or simply mundane times,” says Keren Baltzer, v-p, editorial director, Convergent and Image. IVP is publishing more devotionals in the next two seasons than it has for the past several years. In addition to citing the perennial sales associated with Advent and Lenten devotionals, Justin Paul Lawrence, IVP divisional v-p of sales and marketing, says he believes the books can play a key role when it comes to overall wellness. “I think the pandemic has caused many to spend more time in personal reflection as the flexibility of remote work coupled with increased stress from the news has made spiritual care an essential component of self-care,” he notes. Bonne Steffen, senior editor at Tyndale, agrees. “Devotionals are a quick read, but when the message resonates, the effect can be long-lasting,” she says. “These inspirational pauses can speak to heart issues in ways that are uplifting and challenging, possibly even life-changing.” With church attendance in decline, devotionals can fill contemporary spiritual needs, according to Becky Nesbitt, editorial director at WaterBrook. “Readers who disconnected from the church during the pandemic are looking for ways to reconnect to their faith outside of a church setting,” she says. Short takes on big issues Devotionals releasing in the coming months explore the intersection of spirituality and inclusivity, healing, and growth, as well as the ways faith can provide solace in times of fear. “There’s no denying how difficult things can be,” writes Jesuit priest Gregory Boyle in Forgive Everyone By Emma Wenner Everything (Sept.), Loyola Press’s lead fall title. “But the way out to the place of resilience, the place of restoration, the place of not allowing your heart to be hardened by resentment, relies on one thing: forgive everyone everything.” The book collects 52 reflections on loss, pain, and redemption gleaned during Boyle’s more than 30 years of experience as founder of Homeboy Industries—a gang intervention, rehabilitation, and reentry program in Los Angeles. Nearly every entry is accompanied by muralist Fabian Debora’s artwork. Debora is a former gang member who now serves as executive director of Homeboy Art Academy—a trauma-informed art center that’s a division of Homeboy Industries. According to Joellyn Cicciarelli, president and publisher of Loyola, Forgive Everyone Everything is a unique devotional. “The powerful combination of words and images humanizes people on the margins and focuses on the inherent dignity of every human person,” she says. “This is a book many people need now, given the tensions of political polarization, cultural battles, and the nationwide focus on racism.” E. Carrington Heath, senior pastor of the Congregational Church in Exeter, N.H., addresses topics including authenticity, coming out, relationships, chosen family, and religious trauma in Called Out: 100 Devotions for LGBTQ Christians (WJK, Sept.). Heath aims to nourish the spirits of LGBTQ people while also helping others grow in both understanding and faith, according to the publisher. Jessica Miller Kelley, who acquired the book for WJK, says, “So much attention has been given to apologetics and advocacy for the full inclusion and affirmation of God’s LGBTQ children in the church that books written by LGBTQ authors for the spiritual edification of LGBTQ readers were on the periphery.” That is shifting, though, Heath and Kelley say. Heath writes in the book, “The world has changed for queer folks, and for the better. It has changed even more for trans folks, who for too many years received less than even crumbs. I pray that this change continues.” W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 17
Department | RELIGION & SPIRITUALITY NEW BIBLES BROKER HOPE Despite inflation and the many pressures on manufacturers and retailers, Bible sales remain strong, publishers say. Christian houses have learned to adapt to a disrupted marketplace in order to better serve readers in need of hope. Crossway has responded to supply chain delays and paper shortages by implementing longer lead times for production and increasing the number of print runs for Bibles. “The past 12 months have resulted in Crossway’s best year of Bible sales, proving that the need for Bibles continues to exist, almost more than ever,” says Daniel Bush, executive v-p of sales and marketing. “As people encounter difficulties in their lives, be it personal, political, or social, the Bible remains a source of true hope and life.” Sales at Tyndale also remain healthy, according to Bibles publisher Amy Simpson. “Because we believe reading and understanding the Bible can change a person’s life for the better,” she says, “we’re hopeful that we’ll see continued growth as we continue investing in new editions that will meet people in their busy lives and bring hope in these turbulent times.” Ave Maria Press publisher and CEO Karey Circosta says she’s working to “foster a community of women who want to regularly read the word of God and live it in their daily lives” with a new release, the Living the Word Catholic Women’s Bible and its companion journal (Dec.). “We want the women who use this Bible to feel connected not only to the scriptures but also to other readers, as well as the contributors, biblical women, and saints—women just like them,” she adds. New and forthcoming Bible editions and translations Kelley adds, “Devotion and spirituality books for this audience will appear more frequently in the future.” A Just Passion: A Six-Week Lenten Journey (IVP, Nov.) is a call for Christians to confront injustice, written by Ruth Haley Barton, Sheila Wise Rowe, Tish Harrison Warren, and Terry M. Wildman. It includes short readings, breath prayers, and scripture passages related to repentance, lament, worship, and healing. Looking at the bright side Daily readings can lend support in life’s toughest chapters, and several new releases take an optimistic perspective of common challenges and obstacles. Tyndale is offering Seasons of Waiting: 52 Devotions (Nov.) by Barb Hill, a clinical mental health therapist with a specialty in trauma. The book explores the tension and pain associated with the 18 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 include the following: • ESV Church History Study Bible: Voices from the Past, Wisdom for the Present (Crossway, Jan. 2023) focuses on more than 300 prominent figures in the history of the church, such as John Bunyan, Martin Luther, and Charles Spurgeon. • NLT Thinline Reference Bible, Filament Enabled Edition (Tyndale, Oct.) features the New Living Translation and cross-references in a thin, small trim size. Those who purchase it get access to the Filament Bible app, which connects every page to additional related biblical content via phone or tablet. • NRSVue, Holy Bible (Zondervan, out now) features the updated translation that succeeds the NRSV. The NRSVue translation was a four-year project undertaken by the National Council of Churches in collaboration with the Society of Biblical Literature. • The Readable Bible (Iron Stream Media, Nov.) is a new biblical translation that contains graphics, charts, maps, and modern formatting intended to “help people draw closer to God by maximizing Bible comprehension,” according to the publisher. —E.W. universal experience of waiting—including for a spouse, a child, a career, or mental or physical healing. “The struggle of waiting has an uncanny way of unearthing thoughts, feelings, and reactions in us that not many other things can,” Hill writes. “It exposes what we believe, challenges our patience, refines our character, and confronts where we’ve placed our hope.” Tyndale’s Steffen notes that people today “are living on the edge of anticipation, not knowing what we will wake up to tomorrow.” She adds, “Barb Hill reassures us that hope is always ready to displace fear and uncertainty. Choosing the way of hope requires trust on our part, but nothing is more rewarding.” Liturgies for Hope: Sixty Prayers for the Highs, Lows, and Everything
Personal and universal reflections from the pandemic Blessing and Beseeching Seventy Prayers Inspired by the Scriptures Gail Ramshaw 978-1-5064-8499-0 | $19.99 8 x 8 | 80 pgs | Paperback with French Flaps Collected here are seventy new prayers from liturgist and poet Gail Ramshaw, inspired by the quietest months of the pandemic. By turns bold and humble, universal and deeply personal, Ramshaw’s poetry in prayer will inspire deep UHÁHFWLRQDQGHQULFKRQH·VVSLULWXDOOLIH Order now | FortressPress.com | 800-328-4648 Prepare for Advent and Christmas with New Devotional Resources from Augsburg Fortress Prophets and Promises Devotions for Advent & Christmas 2022-2023 isbn: 978-1-5064-8802-8 price: $3.00 pub date: Now Available Quantity discounts available An Imprint of 1517 Media Families Celebrate Advent & Christmas 2022-23 isbn: 978-1-5064-8349-8 price: $9.99 pub date: Now Available Quantity discounts available Order now | augsburgfortress.org | 800-328-4648
Department | RELIGION & SPIRITUALITY in Between by Audrey Elledge and Elizabeth Moore (WaterBrook, Nov.) collects entries, prayers, and scripture references, geared toward readers experiencing burnout, anxiety, shame, and other stressors. Explaining what drew her to the book, WaterBrook’s Nesbitt says, “As a postpandemic culture, collectively, we’re experiencing such a range of emotions, yet we’re struggling to articulate them in ways that bring hope to our concerns. Liturgies for Hope helps us to express our common felt needs in ways that make us feel seen and bring healing.” In their new book, The Lives We Actually Have: 100 Blessings for Imperfect Days (Convergent, Feb. 2023), Kate Bowler and Jessica Richie, the writers behind last year’s bestselling Good Enough: 40ish Devotionals for a Life of Imperfection, offer “a spiritual account of time that is rich enough to name the breadth of our experience,” according to the publisher. “Good. Bad. Difficult. Sublime. Mundane.” Each blessing focuses on gratitude and hope “without making light of our real, messy lives.” Bowler and Richie write in the book, “When I bless the actual days I am living, I suddenly find I have a great deal more to say that is honest. I am mourning. I am bored. I am exhausted. I am apathetic. I discover that I am freed from the need to declare everything #blessed. Good or bad, I don’t have to wait to say something spiritually true. I can simply bless it all instead.” Divine by design In addition to offering encouraging words and spiritual wisdom, devotionals often feature artwork and other design elements intended to relax and inspire readers. Ruth Chou Simons, an artist and the author of Emmanuel: An Invitation to Prepare Him Room at Christmas and Always (Harvest, Sept.), aims to provide a fresh take on the Advent experience by reminding readers that “the birth of Jesus—the Christmas story—is only the beginning,” according to the publisher. Too often, Christians view Christmas as a once-a-yearevent, but “God intends for our Christmas hope to thrive all year long,” says Steve Miller, senior editor at Harvest House. “In Emmanuel, readers are invited to experience Advent in a way that outlasts the month of December. As Ruth says, this devotional is all about letting the Christmas story ‘fill our hearts so that it changes the way we celebrate the season and live the rest of the year.’ ” The book will be featured during a ticketed gala hosted by the publisher in Nashville on November 12. A Psalm for Every Season: 30 Devotions to Discover Encouragement, Hope and Beauty by Arnold R. Fleagle (Chosen, Oct.) features “full-color calligraphy” by Timothy R. Botts, says Kim Bangs, editorial director at Chosen. She was drawn to the way Fleagle uses the Book of Psalms “to speak to the seasons of life that everyone encounters.” Another devotional on the Bible’s sacred songs, Endless Grace: Prayers Inspired by the Psalms by Ryan Whitaker Smith and Dan Wilt (Brazos, Jan. 2023), features custom line art continued on p. 24
Grace Can Lead Us Home 978-1-5138-1051-5 PW Top 10 Fall release in Religion and Spirituality “An invaluable resource for Christians looking to put their faith into action” —Publishers Weekly In Plain View 978-1-5138-0981-6 Expecting Emmanuel An Advent Devotional 978-1-5138-1055-3 All Our Griefs to Bear 978-1-5138-0975-5 N E W C O O K B O O K comfort baking FEEL-GOOD FOOD TO SAVOR AND SHARE 978-1-5138-1029-4 HeraldPress.com • 1-800-245-7894
Department | RELIGION & SPIRITUALITY STARS ADD POWER TO DEVOTIONALS A number of new and forthcoming devotionals combine the short, digestible format with entries from some of today’s most popular authors. Jenn Gott, v-p and publisher for HarperCollins Christian Publishing’s gift division, notes, “We believe wholeheartedly that creating devotionals for well-known authors is one of the best ways to expand their message. Readers are hungry for inspiration, for a daily routine of reading and reflecting.” HCCP is eyeing the vast audiences of three of its major authors for new releases. Out now, Resilient Hope: 100 Devotions for Building Endurance in an Unpredictable World by Christine Caine (Thomas Nelson Gift) was inspired by Caine’s hikes in the mountains of California, where she experienced setbacks and disappointment as well as resilience, endurance, and hope, according to the publisher. Caine is cofounder with her husband of both the A21 Campaign, a nonprofit that fights human trafficking, and Propel Women, a Christian ministry. Her books have sold more than a million copies, according to HCCP, including more than 200,000 copies sold of the 2017 devotional Unshakable: 365 Devotions for Finding Unwavering Strength in God’s Word. Morgan Harper Nichols, a poet, artist, and owner of the online store Garden24 who speaks openly about living with autism, is offering You Are Only Just Beginning: Lessons for the Journey Ahead (Feb. 2023)—the latest art and poetry book in a series with Zondervan. The collected affirmations, such as, “Hold space for the beauty of what was and still. Please. Trust. There is more to come,” focus on confidence, self-discovery, and grace. Past titles by the author, including 2022’s Peace Is a Practice: An Invitation to Breathe Deep and Find a New Rhythm for Life and 2020’s All Along You Were Blooming: Thoughts for Boundless Living, have sold more than 200,000 copies, according to the Zondervan. Lysa TerKeurst, bestselling author and president of Proverbs 31 Ministries for women, is publishing You’re Going to Make It: 50 Morning and Evening Devotions to Unrush Your Mind, Uncomplicate Your Heart, and Experience Healing Today (Thomas Nelson Gift, Mar. 2023). In it, TerKeurst’s insights on loneliness, compassion, and more are paired 22 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 with quotes from scripture, prayers, fill-in-the-blank prompts, mantras, and color photography. Joni Eareckson Tada, author of bestsellers such as 2010’s A Place of Healing, offers Songs of Suffering: 25 Hymns and Devotions for Weary Souls (Crossway, out now). The book includes hymns chosen by Eareckson Tada, alongside devotions and photography. Sheet music is provided for each hymn, and the audiobook features the author singing the spiritual songs. “The hymns in this volume are ones that I turn to when I need help in persevering through pain,” Eareckson Tada writes. “I have lived with quadriplegia for more than half a century and have wrestled with chronic pain for much of that time. My suffering savior has taught me to always choose a song—a song that fortifies my faith against discouragement and breathes hope into my heart.” Roma Downey, who starred on the hit CBS television series Touched by an Angel in the 1990s, presents Be an Angel: Devotions to Inspire and Encourage Love and Light Along the Way (Convergent, Feb. 2023), which was inspired by her social media posts on friendship, kindness, courage, and faith. The book collects quotes, words from scripture, and Downey’s personal reflections in the form of 52 devotions. “Readers have long admired Roma for her outspoken faith in Hollywood,” says Becky Nesbitt, executive editor at Convergent. “She had the lovely idea to offer weekly devotions in book form to her broad audience. She gently nudges them with a ‘be an angel’ challenge, prompting them to apply the reading in a practical way.” Finally, former NFL quarterback, Heisman winner, and bestselling author Tim Tebow debuts in the devotionals category with Mission Possible One-Year Devotional: 365 Days of Inspiration for Pursuing Your God-Given Purpose (WaterBrook, Nov.). The secret to a meaningful life is not more comfort or ease but a clear mission, he writes. The book, which includes repurposed content from Tebow’s 2022 self-help title Mission Possible, promises to help readers focus and make impactful choices, according to the publisher. —ANN BYLE
Families will discover the difference a few moments with God will make with this series of devotionals, Moments with God. AGES 9–12 Fostering faith for the whole family! Our new Moments with God series includes 100-day devotionals for women, men, and children. Each day contains a brief devotion that connects story and Scripture, making God’s Word clear and relevant. A few moments with God will make a big difference, today and every day, for every member of the family. To order, please contact Cathy Hupka. 800-613-2035 616-974-2224 cathy.hupka@odb.org
Department | RELIGION & SPIRITUALITY continued from p. 20 by Nathan Swann. Robert Hosack, executive acquisitions editor at Brazos, says Endless Grace was a natural next step following the success of the authors’ first title, Sheltering Mercy. The second volume on the church’s prayer book provides “further poetic, free-verse prayer renderings on the rest of the Psalter, Psalms 76–150,” he notes. Brazos’s creative director Paula Gibson adds that Endless Grace’s interior layout “was purposely designed to help the reader enter into a calm and inviting space—one that would visually enhance a reader’s devotional reflection.” Heart Speak: A Visual Interpretation of Let Your Life Speak (IVP, Oct.) by Sherill A. Knezel, with Parker J. Palmer, pairs excerpts from Palmer’s 1999 bestseller on connecting with one’s inner self with more than 70 inspirational images. The book is intended to help readers “explore and embrace both their own limits and their own potential as they listen to their inner voice and courageously follow its lead,” according to the publisher. Carrying on the tradition Publishers have no plans to reduce the number of devotionals coming out any time soon. At Crossway, chief publishing officer Don Jones notes, “We are continuing to invest in this important category and view it as a way to fulfill our mission to help individual Christians and the church grow in knowledge and understanding of the Christian life.” Miller at Harvest House says devotionals are immune to market cycles because Christian readers are constantly searching for ways to bring spiritual enrichment and nourishment into their daily lives. “There will always be a base-level demand for devotionals that feed their hearts and minds so they can face the day with the peace and strength only God can give,” he explains. “Given the stressful effects a lengthy pandemic—and the aftermath—has had on people, we would expect demand for devotionals to remain strong.” Despite cultural shifts and various content, format, and design options, Hosack at Brazos says, “the need for additional texts—beyond the Bible—to inspire and comfort the faithful remains the same. In an increasingly busy and hectic world, the devotional as a tool to pause and encourage prayer remains an ever-present balm for believers.” ■ PUBLISHING IN THE PALM OF YOUR HAND. GET THE PW APP TODAY
Sponsored by Tyndale      Tyndale’s One Year Chronological Study Bible presents the Bible as a grand story, transforms the reading experience, and travels through the holy text from beginning to end       $ (    "  # "   $ $    "    "  "(   " " !8   " $     $" !  $  8   "  9 $   $     "       !"   /      "   " .     $        + ,""          #        "  $"       8 $ 8   ( ($     )     "    ( $" "  .  :   '  $   "  $"       $$ "    " "   $    " !            )       $  # $ $      /;-    $"   "$+,   "  $ $       "     $$"      & $; $  &          <    $/ (     $  $     $ $  &  )    &          "$<        &      "    $%&'   &   T                      !    " # $   " $      %&'  (   )     *  $  +* ,"  $#  # $   #  #     -$      " !.   % (    /  $ "   !  *    $      "     0   "       $     %&    $     123  $   "" 0  '       "  "   $     " $  $  #  $$  4    "      56  "  "   " ! " "        " $      )    "  $"            %&'            ($        ) '    " !   $       "  $   $  "  ""    7   $    "  $       "                 We truly believe that when people not only read but also understand the Bible, it changes everything.    .      $      "    "$      %          " .    )   '                  "$   $)
Column | OPEN BOOK Loving Home, Leaving Home Louisa Ermelino In Bushra Rehman’s coming-of-age novel, a young woman must leave her Pakistani community in Corona, Queens, in order to find herself 26 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 © JAISHRI ABICHANDANI B ushra Rehman’s novel, Roses, in the Mouth of a Lion (Flatiron, Dec.), is a love song: to a community— Pakistani Americans; to a time—the 1980s; and to a place—the Corona neighborhood of Queens, N.Y. Rehman is clear about her love for the community and neighborhood: “Even if they hurt you, it is bursting with life,” she says emphatically. “I’m celebrating this community, the love in this community. It’s hard to leave it. There’s so much talk about the experience of loneliness; in the community I grew up in, you were never alone.” The protagonist in Roses, Razia Mirza, is coming of age in a traditional Muslim family, with a mother who teaches the Quran to the neighborhood kids, but Razia is also rebelling with Taslima, her friend and partner in crime. The girls wear miniskirts, listen to forbidden music, cut their hair. Even recycling cans for money is an act of rebellion. Then Razia is accepted to a prestigious New York City high school, her world expands, and she faces the conflict of leaving her past behind if she’s going to be true to herself. Rehman faced the same conflicts as her character. She talks about the joy of friendship and how it “blurred into queer desire. In the ’80s,” she says, “I didn’t have the language for it—this intense female friendship. It took much later to realize.” Eventually Rehman, who is now 48, did leave her Pakistani community and found belonging in another—a community of artists, equally embracing: “South Asian, Muslim, Arab, Queer,” in which, she tells me, “I grew up as an artist. It was queer, family based—a queer family of artists.” It was in the ’90s, and, Rehman says, “we started writing together. Bushra Rehman Caroline Bleeke Ayesha Pande
OPEN BOOK| Column So much of my writing started there. I had an audience, a purpose. I could write and people were vibing. We had shows and dance parties. It was an experience that put me out there.” She would perform her poems and tell stories in between, but, she says, “the stories got longer than the poems.” The fact that Rehman is a poet is evident in her prose. On the very first page of Roses, she cites Paul Simon’s song about Corona, “Me and Julio Down by the Schoolyard,” writing, “ I once knew a Julio too. We didn’t hang out down by the schoolyard like Paul Simon must have with his Julio. We didn’t hang out anywhere at all, but I loved him the way you only could when you were a child.... He carried his body like fire, matchstick, rope.” Then: “All the girls in school showed off for Julio, cursing and fighting. In Corona, girls learned early to flash skin, flirt, chew gum, and play games to bring the boys down to their knees, even though it usually ended up the other way around.” Caroline Bleeke, executive editor at Flatiron, who preempted Roses a few days after reading the manuscript in February 2021, says, “The pitch had a number of my favorite things: coming of age, a highly specific time and place, friendship, coming out, reconciling family and community with personal desires. It’s a book about teenage reckoning that also has a pull for adults, and Bushra is a poet, so the language is evocative.” Bleeke also says she loves working with writers who have a community; “Bushra has a good energy in the writing world; there’s people to champion her.” After a call with Rehman and Ayesha Pande, Rehman’s agent at the Ayesha Pande Literary Agency, and with the excitement of her team at Flatiron, Bleeke was able to preempt Roses for world rights. “It was a real love match,” she says. “Bushra liked my vision and editorial notes. We worked on the book for about nine months, but there wasn’t much line editing: her prose is so fresh and exciting. The book was a good find.” Pande met Rehman 17 years ago, when she first became an agent. “Bushra was a student in the MFA program at Brooklyn College when Michael Cunningham was the director,” Pande says. “She shared some stories with me that eventually morphed into Roses. We stayed in touch over the years and formalized our relationship when there was enough material. We worked together for a long time. It’s been years to Bushra having this book; it’s a testament to her commitment.” When Roses was ready, Pande submitted it widely and there was, she says, “universal response to the prose and to the distinct experience. Also to the way Bushra honored her protagonists, her culture, and her faith, a young woman navigating conflicts in an environment.” When Bleeke expressed so much interest and such strong passion, Pande’s advice was to go with it. “My clients’ books are about cultures often outside an editor’s lived experiences and assessing the book becomes more challenging. Caroline’s enthusiasm and perception totally won us over. We were impressed with how she envisioned publishing it.” I find Rehman enchanting, with the voice and demeanor of a seasoned performer. She emanates confidence and her personal The pitch had a number of my favorite things: coming of age, a highly specific time and place, friendship, coming out, reconciling family and community with personal desires. It’s a book about teenage reckoning that also has a pull for adults, and Bushra is a poet, so the language is evocative. —Caroline Bleeke journey is its own story. She attended both Stuyvesant High School and Bronx High School of Science. “I dropped out of both after a year at each one,” she tells me. “I found the East Village— what was I doing with school?” At 16, she moved with her parents to New Jersey; at 18, she went to the College of New Rochelle; at 20, she dropped out and ran off, taking Greyhound buses around the country, ending up homeless in San Francisco at 21. “I was traveling, meeting other artists,” she says. Rehman finished college in San Francisco, came back to the New York area, and discovered organizations that served the interests of LGBTQ communities. She reconciled with her parents and got her MFA at Brooklyn College (only, she says, because she wanted to teach). “I already had a writer’s life,” she says. “I had a community. I was living a great writer’s life.” Prior to Roses, she had done five books, one of which she coedited (Colonize This! Young Women of Color on Today’s Feminism, a book of essays on feminism and race). Even with her publishing history, though, Rehman considers Roses “a kind of debut.” She calls Bleeke “an amazing editor who asked the right questions,” adding that “because of her, I added three chapters and they are my favorite.” With Pande, she says, “I did something you’re not supposed to do with an agent. I just kept sending her pieces over the years. At one point there was an editor interested in a YA title and I reached out to Ayesha. The deal fell through but the relationship with Ayesha remained.” She adds, “Roses is my first book with a major house and an advance that’s enabled me to clear my plate, pay my rent and just write, which is what I want to do—just write. There’s a sequel in the works, about the ’90s.” And with any luck, Rehman tells me, the launch will be a dance party with DJ Rekha, a London-born musician who fuses the Indian genre of bhangra music with international hip-hop and drum beats. I’m dusting off my dancing shoes. I’m expecting an invite. ■ W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 27
D E P O S I T P H OTO S . C O M / B E LC H O N O C L E © Forthcoming baking books emphasize inclusion, trust, and comfort C BY POOJA MAKHIJANI all it “our babkas, ourselves”: this season’s baking books reflect societal priorities made evident over the past several years. Some titles draw a connection between baking, community, and social justice; others offer welcome reassurance from familiar names; still others focus on process and practice—rather than perfection and product—with guides to creating desserts that feed the mind as well as the body. Butter days Maya-Camille Broussard, a star of Netflix’s Bake Squad, is among those who use baking as an agent for good. In Justice of the Pies (Clarkson Potter, Oct.), named for her Chicago bakery, she shares her recipes for strawberry-basil key lime pie, blue cheese praline pear pie, and other sweet and savory goods, and also discusses the ongoing inspirations behind her work. Broussard started Justice of the Pies in 2014 in memory of her father, who was a criminal defense attorney and an avid pie maker, and has always had an eye toward social justice and equality in hospitality. Her eatery is registered as a social enterprise and runs a number of programs for the surrounding community, such as a workshop in basic kitchen skills for children facing food insecurity. In the book, she profiles other activists whose missions align with her own—Jordan Marie Brings Three White Horses Daniel, who raises awareness of missing Indigenous women, and Christopher LeMark, who aims to destigmatize therapy in communities of color, to name two—and pairs them with unconventional pies. Fry bread and bison tarts are a nod to Daniel’s Lakota heritage, while the lemon espresso pie is an homage to LeMark and his Coffee, Hip-Hop & Mental Health charitable organization. “Because I lead with a social mission and from a philanthropy point of view, I wanted to highlight other people who use their work to positively impact the lives of others,” Broussard says. “And I wanted to use this opportunity to let their stories inspire me.” Esteban Castillo’s blog, Chicano Eats, won the 2017 Saveur Best New Voice Readers’ Choice Award and inspired a 2020 cookbook of ALL PRINT UNIT SALES PER NPD BOOKSCAN EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. 28 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2

Congrats to AND AUTHOR KRISTINA CHO on receiving two James Beard Awards! ‫ אא׎א‬áǣȇȇƺȸ‫ ي‬ƏǸǣȇǕ ƏȇƳ (ƺɀɀƺȸɎɀ ‫ אא׎א‬áǣȇȇƺȸ‫ ي‬0ȅƺȸǕǣȇǕ àȒǣƬƺً ȒȒǸɀ !ǼƏɀɀǣƬ !ǝǣȇƺɀƺ ƫƏǸƺȸɵ ȸƺƬǣȵƺɀ ɯǣɎǝ ǔȸƺɀǝ ǣȇɎƺȸȵȸƺɎƏɎǣȒȇɀ ǔȒȸ Ɏǝƺ ȅȒƳƺȸȇ ƫƏǸƺȸ Available Now Cookbooks the same name. In Chicano Bakes (Harper Design, Nov.), Castillo speaks to home bakers who feel that their cultural tastes and traditions are overlooked by typical baking books. “When lockdown happened, when everyone turned toward baking, people in my community realized the resources for the things that they wanted to bake were not there,” he says. “For people in my community, cooking out of a cookbook and following a recipe is still a foreign concept; we learn by listening Wake and Bake Pot brownies are out; cannabis-infused trifles, doughnuts, and meringues are in. Recreational marijuana use is now legal in 19 states and the District of Columbia, and new cookbooks aim to help home bakers elevate their edibles, safely and satisfyingly. In Sugar High (Simon Element, Feb. 2023), Chris Sayegh, a cannabis entrepreneur and private chef in Santa Monica, Calif., shares 50 recipes for baked treats, including s’mores bars, coconut gelato, and pear-frangipane tart. He views his book as a primer and a manual for safe, responsible consumption of the plant. He traces the history of marijuana—including its stigmatization, racialization, and criminalization in the U.S.—and provides guidelines for choosing products, strains, and doses. Sayegh also offers tips for customizing his recipes: many include gluten-free or sugar-free substitutions. “The book gives power to the reader,” he says, “so they can read everything and make sure that what they want, in terms of a high or a flavor, is what they’re getting.” Ann Allchin emphasizes the medical benefits of cannabis and profiles 15 other users—among them a nurse, a chef, and an athlete—in Butter and Flower (Touchwood Editions, Nov.). The book’s 40 creations incorporate cannabis-infused butter, oils, and sugars, and span sweets (triple chocolate cookies), savories (caramelized onion and blue cheese gougères), international flavors (coconut ladoo), and gummies. Like Sayegh, Allchin wants to remove the taboos of toking. Legalization in Canada, her home country, “has encouraged many people to realize it’s not such a big deal,” she says. “People need to get past the stigma; it’s such a fun avenue to be able to give people relief and relaxation in hard times.” What Sayegh and Allchin both love about baking, whether enhanced or not, is the opportunity for sharing. “When you bring treats to a party, or to someone who’s not feeling well, it’s an extra-special gift,” Allchin says. “It’s always given with love.” —P.M.
Sponsored by Hardie Grant       When travel isn’t possible, stepping into the kitchen to create recipes from around the world can satiate a wanderlust  .  % )    $          "  $"      $"         $   " '   9 9%7   .  %     $   "    "($"      #   "   # $ "()   :($  $$  "   .  % +.%,     &  $ & =      # #-"(  "          "      " ,      (       "  /            "    & ! "((& =    #     #  .  %   $    .% "   #  $  "($ "      ) % %(& =   # #.? /+   0    #    !  .%"((      "          $ "(# $((    "  $ " )  ' .  % H    * 7 "/      $      !  "  ) 4 "(   " "     &       ($ !  "     .%"((   "  F   $$   $  "   # (  $ &    /&        )   %$$$ "  .  %  ' &      7  ""  &    ) 7.  % " $     $  $ "(( $  0  ( $   "          "      " #  $$   (  " ""    E/(     $"   " #             #  $  F "     $$):( - ( .   % G)       0  " "  "   "  "  0     (  " ($(   $ " ($  ):('   " " $ ()     (   #   $  0 "(  "    "         "$$    ($  $ $ #   " "((  " $#  " #      8   $  8    . $       (   "(  $ $   ( $   )'  -  (    $  ( # $   $$ $ " "  "    #"                )   "$  !   "    => ?     @  A <A(    =?     B   <  ;   "      "((   $ $  # .%  $       " "   $ $$   " $! C =">>D # $ ? % (D # !& '=">>'$' ?  ( #   "(-!"  '       "("" .  %  )     "      -   $#         "   * +=   &       #  &, &;  9    $ # $    "    "  8 #   "  .%& !      "($ /     '   "((  !    "($  )
Cookbooks to our elders and watching them.” In his new book, Castillo draws on his experience in his family’s Mexican American panadería, where he had access to fresh pan dulce daily. “These places serve as a cultural oasis,” he says. “They make the most of what they have, including aqua fresca and savory things like pambazos and tortas—we stretch and reuse. I wanted to mirror that in this cookbook.” Smart cookies Avid food-media consumers will find a bevy of familiar names on baking book covers this fall. The King Arthur Baking School (Countryman, Oct.), the first full-color cookbook from the products behemoth, compiles 100 fundamental recipes for yeasted breads, laminated pastries, cookies, cakes, and more. Clarkson Potter’s offerings include All About Cookies (Nov.), by TV personality and Milk Bar founder Christina Tosi; What’s for Dessert (Nov.), by Bon Appétit test kitchen alum Claire Saffitz (2020’s Dessert Person, 215,000 print copies sold); and Nadiya’s Everyday Baking (Sept.), the latest cookbook by Great British Baking Show season six winner Nadiya Hussain. The long-running GBBS has launched the careers of numerous bakers, several of whom have forthcoming books. Edd Kimber was a 24-year-old bank employee when he won the A MUST-HAVE IN EVERY KITCHEN AND A WONDERFUL GIFT FOR ANY OCCASION The IACP award-winning The Food Substitutions Bible, now in an expanded and beautifully illustrated HC edition. By David Joachim Forward by Kenji López-Alt Illustrations by Emily Isabella 978-0-7788-0706-3 Available on 9/20/22

iupress.org Cookbooks PRESS Available wherever books are sold. “Bring Nepal into your kitchen with Babita's wonderful cookbook, Plant-Based Himalaya. In addition to fabulous recipes that will satisfy vegans and non-vegans alike, this book also provides a glimpse into the pristine landscapes, ancient architecture, rich culture, and generous people of Nepal.” —Anne-Marie Bonneau, author of The Zero-Waste Chef show’s first season in 2010; today, he has more than 400,000 Instagram followers and a bustling career as a food writer. He follows One Tin Bakes and One Tin Bakes Easy with Small Batch Bakes (Kyle, Oct.), a collection of recipes for singles, small households, and students. Inventive ideas include rhubarb and raspberry tarts (for four, with tips for storage) and the Emergency Chocolate Chip Cookie for one. Season five GBBS semifinalist Chetna Makan (202,000 Instagram followers), whose previous books include Chetna’s Healthy Indian: Vegetarian and Chetna’s 30 Minute Indian, shares more Indian-influenced recipes in Chetna’s Easy Baking (Hamlyn, Sept.). PW’s review said her dishes “perfectly combine the promise of familiarity and adventurousness.” The most recent season of GBBS featured its youngest contestant to date and its first vegan competitor: Freya Cox, then 19. In Simply Vegan Baking (Harper Design, Sept.), she helps vegans sweeten up their repertoires with scones, stollen, and Swiss rolls using ingredients or substitutes available in most well-stocked supermarkets. Cox’s chocolate orange Battenburg cake employs store-bought vegan marzipan; the royal icing on her gingerbread biscuits is made with aquafaba. The Great British Baking Show is about the only credit not on Erin Jeanne McDowell’s mile-long food media résumé, which includes current gigs as a New York Times Cooking contributor and Food52’s baking consultant at large (plus her 240,000 Instagram followers). Her third cookbook, Savory Baking (Harvest, Oct.), builds on 2020’s The Book on Pie (55,000 print copies sold), which, she notes, had one chapter on savory bakes. The new book covers breakfast (chicken and waffles, Dutch baby), lunch (seeded burger buns, pizza), and dinner (meat ’n’ potatoes pie), and offers customizations for many recipes. “An entire chapter is about ‘things that feel like dough,’ like dumplings, crepes, waffles,” McDowell says. “Savory baking is global: it has a large role in places where baking isn’t a dessert thing.” Throughout, she provides essential baking education, illustrating basic techniques and providing make-ahead and storage tips. “I work baking into every element of my life, not just desserts. It’s the most accurate representation of how I bake in my everyday life and for my family and friends.” Two birds, one scone A number of titles lean into the joys of baking: mental health, balance, connectedness. In Mind Over Batter (Chronicle, Mar. 2023), Jack Hazan, a therapist and the proprietor of Brooklyn’s Jack Bakes, organizes 75 recipes into themed chapters based on common mental health needs: pistachio rosewater chews to help with mindfulness, peanut butter pretzel pie as self care, and pesto pull-apart bread to help foster connection with others. redlightningbooks.com continued on p. 38
Sponsored by Trusted Media Brands      Taste of Home offers three new home-cook compendiums to usher in a delicious fall and holiday season                            +  .   ; =         ,    -        ,; &                       !  " #        4                             $        >? +    %                   &        4           @           '!  +  !                        $   !               &     $      +        +       A    (    $   ; =        "      +  8  )           $# '         +   *                                          $            !    +      +  '   +  *,   ; =    -           B"        +                 .$     " $ &     <C     / +  00 01D                                      /     !   121                &                                              T       3  +             4"  5       +           *         $       6        78                        "   +                     9 *  (        9           *                4      "  :  *      ,; +   *                      "  +      02<                             +          +               9                 +  "  &9  *                                  "
Cookbooks AMERICAN PIE PW talks with Rossi Anastopoulo Rossi Anastopoulo, blog editor for King Arthur Baking Company, received the 2019 International Association of Culinary Professionals Award for Narrative Food Writing for her piece on the bean pie and the Nation of Islam. In Sweet Land of Liberty (Abrams, Oct.), she dishes the stories behind 11 noteworthy pies and traces 400 years of rich and troubled history from the colonial era to the present day. Anastopoulo spoke with PW about research, recipes, and reexamining history in tumultuous times. Why pie? I love pie; it’s delicious. And although versions of it exist in many different countries and cultures, American pie is so distinct to this nation. It’s amorphous and malleable and versatile, which makes it a great lens for telling broader stories about our country and its history. Also, pies and, more broadly, desserts, are unnecessary. When people make them, it really can be very instructive. Settlers going west made mock apple pie to evoke their mother’s apple pie. It wasn’t to fulfill a nutritional need, but an emotional one. Pie has evolved and adapted to encompass so many things. Apple pie can be made with real apples or with crackers—two distinct approaches and two entirely different entry points into a story. What were your research challenges and triumphs? Access, especially for older pies. We don’t have as many records from hundreds of years ago. For example, I read that
Cookbooks Abraham Lincoln liked a certain bakery that served pecan pie; I wished I could find a menu from that bakery. The flip side was true for some of the later pies: the breadth of information was often hard to wrap my arms around. The final chapter is on how apple pie became a symbol of America and how the saying “as American as apple pie” became prevalent. That meant sorting through almost a century’s worth of newspapers. The coolest parts were when I had a theory and then found the info to back it up. The pumpkin pie evolved with Thanksgiving and became a manufactured symbol of an America that completely erased Indigenous traditions. I found an anecdote from a boarding school that sought to assimilate Indigenous children, and they were served pumpkin pie during a Thanksgiving celebration. I wasn’t happy to find that, but it really did so perfectly illustrate this type of story. What does it mean to be writing about American history in these times? I wanted to write about the darker side of American history and the painful moments in which “American values” were actually about the wrong things. I desperately didn’t want it to come across as a blind patriotic ode to the United States of America. The legacies of racism and sexism are woven into the fabric of our history. So many of the themes in the book are visible in the social justice issues of today. Which pie stories are you most excited for the reader to discover? Abby Fisher and her sweet potato pie because, one, she’s such an important cookbook author in the history of American food, and two, the pie’s a little bit unexpected. There are no spices in it—just sweet potatoes and a little bit of orange juice. When I served it to my family, they thought it was one of the best sweet potato pies they’d ever eaten. It’s an interesting recipe from a baking perspective and an eating one. —P.M.
Cookbooks Baking is a source of meditation for me.... The outcome is just a bonus. —Steph Blackwell, author of Bake Yourself Happy continued from p. 34 Steph Blackwell, a GBBS season 10 finalist, has been candid with her 141,000 Instagram followers about her mental health and the importance of self-care. “Baking is a source of meditation for me,” she says. “I immerse myself in the science and creativity; I find myself so absorbed in the process. The outcome is just a bonus: if it doesn’t work, I’ve still managed to silence the negativity in my head.” With Bake Yourself Happy (Mobius, Sept.), Blackwell hopes to spark joy through 50 recipes that soothe a bad mood (savory granola), aid relaxation (leek, mushroom, and cavolo nero tart), pump up one’s confidence (comté and nutmeg puffs), and more. “So many people struggle with their mental health,” she explains. “Baking may not be a magic cure, but it’s certainly a wonderful activity that I urge anyone to try.” In Comfort Baking (Herald, Oct.), Stephanie Wise, who blogs at Girl vs. Dough, honors the kitchen as a space for solace, worship, relief, and relaxation. Her 100 recipes include sweets (iced cherry almond loaf cake) and savories (green chili pulled pork enchiladas), Must-Have Cookbooks for Your Collection from Page Street Publishing pagestreetpublishing.com @pagestreetpublishing Distributed by Macmillan
Cookbooks and celebrate the happiness inherent in cooking for others. Becca Rea-Tucker, aka the Sweet Feminist (250,000 Instagram followers), recommends identifying and processing emotions in the kitchen in Baking by Feel (Harper Wave, Aug.); working with one’s hands, she writes, can be deeply therapeutic. She pairs each of her 65 recipes with an emotion and an affirmation; triple chocolate cake is suggested for someone who’s been insulted (“You are beautiful and you and your uniqueness and impact on the world can’t be replaced”), while cardamom caramel poke cake is a dessert for the optimistic (“It takes courage to trust that things are going to turn out like they should!”) Of course, in baking, things don’t always work out the way they should. Lottie Bedlow (of GBBS season 11 fame) embraces this reality in Baking Imperfect (Thunder Bay, Nov.), with forgiving recipes including a gingerbread shed (“They never look like houses anyway,” she writes) and no-skill soda bread, plus tips gleaned from her enthusiastic experimentation. For instance, in her orange and passionfruit mousse cake jars, she advises readers to blitz the fruit in a food processor to make the most out of their pulp. “It’s easy to be put off by what we see on Instagram,” she says. “There’s been a shift towards anti-perfectionism and I want to lead the way.” Bedlow encourages her 228,000 followers, and her readers, to be less precious about their baking—even to trash the book. (Her own copy, she says, is stained and well-worn.) “It’s a movement away from detail, delicateness, and finesse, and towards relatability and reality,” she explains. “I want people to laugh at their journey. And anyway, who cares as long as it tastes good?” ■ Pooja Makhijani is a writer and editor in New Jersey. Cookbook Highlights 978-1-91431-721-7 July 2022 978-1-91431-769-9 September 2022 978-1-83861-090-6 September 2022
Cookbooks All You Knead Is Loaf “We’re in a bread renaissance in America,” says Greg Wade, head baker at Chicago’s Publican Quality Bread. Interest in the craft was reinvigorated in the early days of the Covid-19 pandemic—remember all those starters?—and has sustained even as many have eased into new routines. In Wade’s debut, Bread Head (Norton, Sept.), he explains the science of breadmaking and shares his best practices for rustic, naturally leavened loaves; offers a variety of recipes for sweet breads, such as buckwheat brownies and cornmeal whoopie pies; and brings his technical know-how to Ethiopian injera, Indian parathas, and Georgian khachapuri. He also addresses the restorative agriculture of grains, provides resources to accessing heritage grains, and champions solutions to climate change. “It’s a multipronged approach, and a labor of love,” he says. Wade’s book and others this season celebrate what 18th-century Swedish taxonomist Carl Linnaeus called “the most noble” of all foods. Xiaolongbao, gnocchi, samosa, momo, gyoza, empanada, siapao.. . Everyone has a dumpling story. Thirty-one delectable essays about dumplings: family stories, recipes, their role in history, and, of course, philosophical considerations of what exactly qualifies. ISBN 978 1 55245 452 7 Available from Consortium/Ingram Baking Bread with Kids Jennifer Latham. Ten Speed, Nov. Latham introduces children ages seven and up (and their caregivers) to mixing, fermenting, proofing, and baking with 20 easy, familiar recipes—whole wheat bread, focaccia, pita, pizza, and more. Latham is former director of bread at Tartine in San Francisco and mother to two; some of the book’s recipes were tested alongside her children and drawn from her Baking from Home online video series. Bread Head Greg Wade, with Rachel Holtzman. Norton, Sept. This eclectic collection of recipes emphasizes the use of sustainable, locally milled grains. PW’s starred review called the book “exceptional,” and said it “is sure to banish any remnants of sourdough fatigue.” Evolutions in Bread Ken Forkish. Ten Speed, Sept. The founder of Ken’s Artisan Pizza and Ken’s Artisan Bakery and author of Flour Water Salt Yeast (395,000 print copies sold) turns his attention to developing doughs and techniques specifically for pans and Dutch ovens, with recipes for black bread, rye bread with caraway, and 50% einkorn Dutch-oven levain bread. It’s a “surefire boon for home bread bakers,” per PW’s starred review. The Pain d’Avignon Baking Book Uliks Fehmiu, with Kathleen Hackett. Avery, Oct. Self-taught baker and Serbian émigré Fehmiu shares the origin story of his Cape Cod bakery and New York City café in this compendium of 60 recipes. Recipes adapted for the home kitchen include Cape Cod–inspired cranberry and pecan bread, doublebaked almond croissants, cheese amman, and thyme baguette with a touch of lemon. 40 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 Le Cordon Bleu Bakery School Le Cordon Bleu. Grub Street Cookery, Nov. First published in French in 2021, this 80-recipe guide from the illustrious cooking school covers yeasted breads and Viennoiseries (Danish pastries). It highlights recipes for boulangerie classics such as brioche and croissants, as well as new spins on the familiar, including a milk bread baguette with white chocolate. The Perfect Loaf Maurizio Leo. Clarkson Potter, Nov. Leo, known for his exacting techniques and encouraging tone, is the resident baker at Food52 and a regular contributor to the King Arthur Baking blog. In his debut, named for the website he launched in 2013, he shares recipes for freeform loafs (sourdough, demi baguettes), pan loaves (naturally leavened brioche), pizza and flatbreads (focaccia, naan), buns and rolls (English muffins, bagels), and sweet breads (doughnuts, peach and blueberry crostata). —P.M.
Second Coming In her new memoir, breakout fantasy author and academic Sofa Samatar describes retracing the steps of a group of Mennonites into the heart of Central Asia sublime with casual aplomb. Her latest, The White Mosque (Catapult, Oct.), is a mosaic memoir that juxtaposes history, culture, religion and regionalism, tracing the journey of a group of German-speaking Mennonites into the heart of Khiva in Central Asia—now modern-day Uzbekistan—on a quest that promised no less than the second coming of Christ. Samatar’s own journey to the site where the group’s church once stood started in 2016, when her father-in-law gave her a book titled The Great Trek of the Russian Mennonites, by Frank Belk. “This guy, who’s sort of a cult leader, predicts Christ is returning, and these people just uproot their lives to follow him,” she says, speaking via Zoom from her office at James Madison University in Harrisonburg, Va., where she’s an associate professor of English. “Of course, nothing happens. But they stayed for 50 years, until they were deported by the Bolsheviks.” © S ofia Samatar has a way with a sentence. No matter what she’s writing—whether it’s short stories, like her quietly devastating Nebula- and Hugonominated “Selkie Stories Are for Losers,” or novels, like her World Fantasy Award–winning debut, A Stranger in Olondria—her work has a way of pairing the mundane and JIM C. HINES BY SONA CHARAIPOTRA Samatar, the child of a Black Somali Muslim and a white Mennonite, became obsessed with the story. “Honestly, what struck me was these images that are very familiar for me,” she explains. “Mennonites with their plain clothes, and this mosque in the background. It mirrored my upbringing—and I never saw that anywhere. Here it was, this one moment in history. The juxtaposition of my life.” Like any writer, Samatar, who’s 50, fell into a rabbit hole, reading memoirs about the Mennonite settlers, trying to reshape the story into a fictional narrative. But it was so deeply resonant with her own life that she felt compelled to undertake their expedition firsthand. “So I went on this fantastic two-week trip into a time and place that doesn’t really exist now,” she says, shaking her head. “And it became this journey into finding myself.” The book reflects Samatar’s experiences growing up in two cultures that appear to be polar opposites but have deep overlaps that shaped the way she sees the world. “They were both these insular communities, but there was so much shared between them—and no one outside of them understood anything,” she explains. “I was a misfit wherever I went, in so many ways.” Born and raised in Goshen, Ind., Samatar says she had a “very sheltered” childhood and was a kind of a third-culture kid. Her W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 41
Author Profile father, Said Sheikh Samatar, was a professor of African history; his work took the family from Indiana to Tanzania to London to Kentucky, before they finally settled in South Orange, N.J., where he became a professor at Rutgers University when Samatar was about 10. “These are people,” she says of her parents, “who grew up with large animals—my mom on a dairy farm in North Dakota, my dad herding camels and goats—but they transformed their lives.” Though the family was uprooted regularly, there were anchors. “Their relationship was kind of steeped in language and literature. We moved from place to place, but we always had our books.” Even in the more diverse environment of New Jersey, however, Samatar didn’t feel like she belonged. This led to her enrollment at a Mennonite boarding school in Lancaster, Pa., and then at Goshen University—against her father’s wishes. “All my friends were going there,” she says with a shrug and a laugh. “It was where the arty Mennonite kids went, and that was me. And my dad was like, ‘Absolutely not! Apply to Harvard. Apply to Yale.’ ” All the while, Samatar was reading—everything from fantasy to Faulkner—and writing. “We read the Chronicles of Narnia and Lord of the Rings aloud as a family, and I was drawn to mythology and fantasy,” she says. “But my mother studied Beowulf when she got her masters, and I was very into Joyce, Faulkner, Wolff by the time I was in high school.” Samatar got her bachelors in English from Goshen, fixating on writers like Audrey Lorde, Toni Morrison, and Ntozake Shange, but also inspired by Frida Kahlo. “I was writing poetry and then short stories,” she says. “I always wanted to write novels, but I didn’t feel like I had the capacity. At that point, I was still in a state of discovering all these new voices. And it takes a while to realize, as a person of color, that you are allowed to write, too. But these women, they were like giants. I couldn’t quite figure out how to cross over that gap.” At Goshen, Samatar also met her husband, fellow writer Keith Miller, then followed her father’s footsteps into academia, getting a masters in African languages and literature at the University of Wisconsin–Madison, where she focused on contemporary Arabic Literature. Then she and Miller taught high school in South Sudan during the Second Sudanese Civil War. The country was under curfew and the couple “wrote, wrote, and wrote,” she says, adding, “There was nothing else to do. We didn’t have a computer. I still write longhand because of it.” While in South Sudan, Samatar began working on A Stranger in Olandria—a book that was 13 years in gestation, about a long journey across a war-torn land. “I started it there and wrote 220,000 words,” she says. “Then we moved to Egypt for nine years. We got a computer, I wrote the sequel, had two kids, and Keith sold The Book of Flying to Riverhead. And I was still working on it, querying and mailing manuscripts to America.” When they returned to the States—and Samatar started her PhD in Madison—she met Gavin Grant, the publisher at Small 42 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 Beer Press, and all the hard work finally paid off. The novel was published in 2013 to acclaim, and by then she’d published several short stories and was also reviewing for publications like Uncanny and Tor.com. “There are so many things you can do to just be involved in book culture—to be a good literary citizen,” she tells her creative writing students now. Samatar currently teaches literature and creative writing, and she finally feels at home in both worlds. “For the longest time, I didn’t even put my novels on my CV, there was such a divide,” she says. “But now, I love the collaboration. I love teaching, and I love working with other artists.” In 2018 she released the illustrated novel Monster Portraits, which she created with her brother, Del Samatar. It’s a kaleidoscopic work that melds prose, poetry, art, and narrative vignettes both grounded and surreal. “I wanted to work with him so people would know that Del is actually the gifted one in the family,” Samatar says. “We grew up very Gen-X latchkey. He was always drawing, and I was writing.” Which brings her back to The White Mosque, a work that unites the unique, startling contrasts of her journey. “It’s been so interesting, exploring this space between fiction and nonfiction—a nonfiction world that can still feel like a novel,” she says. “To get all these pieces of me into one book—being a Mennonite with a Somali background—became this huge challenge. The whole book is the journey, and for me, it was transformative.” ■ Sona Charaipotra is senior editor at Parents and the author of five books, including How Maya Got Fierce, Symptoms of a Heartbreak, and Tiny Pretty Things, which has been adapted by Netflix.
Review_FICTION © TO N YA C A L L AG H A N Reviews Fiction Liberation Day George Saunders. Random House, $28 (256p) ISBN 978-0-525-50959-2 Booker winner Saunders (Lincoln in the Bardo) returns to the short form with a wide-ranging collection that alternates his familiar fun house of warped simulations with subtler dramas. In “Ghoul,” actors playing demons at an Inferno-esque attraction called “Maws of Hell” succumb to workplace rivalries under the watchful eye of their managers. “Love Letter,” set in a Trumpist dystopia where “loyalists” report dissenters for infractions, takes the form of a man’s cautionary letter to his defiant grandson. The title story imagines a sinister company whose employees, little more than programs, are forced to recreate Custer’s last stand. Other stories probe loss, regret, and hopefulness. “The Mom of Bold Action” follows a frustrated writer and housewife facing turmoil when her son is attacked by at least one of two identical old creeps. “Mother’s Day” explores the inner life of a once feisty elderly woman now living at a remove from the world after her daughter runs away from home. “Elliot Spencer” combines futurism and pathos as a mind-wiped counterprotester suddenly recovers his identity. Saunders’s four previous collections shook the earth a bit harder, but he continues to humanize those whom society has worn down to a nub. Despite the author’s shift to quieter character studies, there’s plenty to satisfy longtime devotees. (Oct.) The Night Ship Jess Kidd. Atria, $28 (400p) ISBN 978-1982180-81-2 Kidd (Things in Jars) unfurls parallel narratives of two nine-year-old children in her intriguing latest, based on a historical shipwreck. In 1628, after the mother of a girl named Mayken dies, she sails from Holland to the Dutch East Indies with her nursemaid to join her merchant father. Mayken’s precocious nature leads Suzette Mayr’s The Sleeping Car Porter unfolds over the course of a train journey in 1920s Canada (reviewed on p. 44). her to explore the ship, called the Batavia. While dressed as a boy in order to pass unnoticed, Mayken searches deep into the Batavia for a monster that crew members claim lives there. In 1989, a boy named Gil goes to live on Beacon Island in Australia after his mother’s death. Gil now lives with his fisherman grandfather, Joss Hurley. This is where the Batavia sank, and an excavation of the wreck is now underway. Gil is intrigued by the project and by the rumor that a ghost still haunts the island. Meanwhile, a feud escalates between Joss and Roper, another fisherman, that started years ago when Roper’s uncle drowned at sea. Kidd effortlessly navigates between the two time periods, highlighting the similarities between Mayken’s and Gil’s lives and the increasing dangers they face. Readers will be swept up in this fastpaced narrative. Agent: Amelia Atlas, ICM Partners. (Oct.) ★ A Ballet of Lepers Leonard Cohen. Grove, $27 (272p) ISBN 9780-8021-6047-8 The late singer-songwriter and novelist Cohen (Beautiful Losers) leaves readers with an enthralling collection of work written in the 1950s and ’60s, as complex and dark as his lyrics. The unnamed narrator of the title novella is an aimless, solitary 35-year-old Montreal man who leads “an underground existence.” After the narrator learns his grandfather needs a place to live, he takes the older man in. It turns out the grandfather and narrator are ruthlessly violent—in one harrowing scene, the grandfather joins the narrator in beating the narrator’s girlfriend—and the story ends in a stunning reversal. In “O.K. Herb, O.K. Flo,” the narrator muses bitterly on Montreal’s cold surfaces: “All the stone you could want to fool yourself that life is substantial.” The narrator goes to a bar and meets a mediocre jazz player named Herb, who confides he’s going to convince his former lover, Flo, now married, to commit adultery. Herb passes out, leaving the narrator and Flo to discuss the situation. “Polly” follows a junior high girl who orders two younger children to do a variety of demeaning tasks in order for them to hear her play her recorder, such as taking out her trash. Cohen (1934–2016) writes brilliantly of desire and cruelty as his desperate characters yearn for connection. This is magnificent. (Oct.) Daughters of the New Year E.M. Tran. Hanover Square, $27.99 (314p) ISBN 978-1-335-42923-0 Tran debuts with a complex story involving many generations of a Vietnamese family’s women and their resilience. Xuan flees the fall of Saigon in 1975 for the U.S. with her mother and sister, losing her home, family wealth, and social standing. In the years after, she has three daughters and charts the family’s future with a complex zodiac almanac, as the trauma of dislocation and war manifests in her being ever ready for disaster. Now, in 2016, Trac, the eldest, is a successful lawyer, refusing to submit to her father’s plans and hiding her sexuality from her parents. Aspiring actress Nhi, the middle sister, wanders off the set of a reality show in Saigon and disappears. Trieu, the youngest, hopes to live up to her mother’s expectations by becoming a writer. Later, Xuan reveals how she and her mother managed to escape Saigon, and that tragic story sheds light on the difficulties faced by the three daughters. Tran further complicates the legacy with stories of the women’s ancestors who resisted third-century Chinese occupation and 19th-century French imperialism. Though the many threads can be hard to follow, and Tran’s decision to abandon Xuan’s daughters’ story lines will frustrate readers, she does an excellent job at conveying the cyclical nature of family and W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 43
Review_FICTION political history. Though a bit unwieldy, there are plenty of powerful moments. Agent: Dan Strone, Trident Media. (Oct.) Life Is Everywhere Lucy Ives. Graywolf, $18 trade paper (472p) ISBN 978-1-64445-204-2 Ives (Cosmogeny) offers a discursive and funny Nabokovian story of academic stultification. Erin Adamo is a graduate student in New York City, where a recent scandal involving a relationship between one of her peers and faculty member Roger Herbsweet has rocked her school’s department. Meanwhile, Erin’s husband has just left her. After she accidentally locks herself out of her apartment, she takes refuge in the library. In her bag are three manuscripts—two short novels, authored by herself, and Herbsweet’s profile of the enigmatic Démocrite Charlus LeGouffre, an imagined 19th-century French novelist and child of a Parisian courtesan, each of which Ives presents in their entirety before cutting back to Erin and her terrible night in the library, which, prompted by Herbsweet’s text, sends her into a fit of mania. Holding together these layers are the theme of recursion and a hint of mystery. Erin’s second novel, about the end of a marriage, presages the end of her own (“She had not known, and yet she had,” Erin wrote of her protagonist). Meanwhile, in Herbsweet’s pages, Ives nails the stuffy remove of academic diction, almost to the point of pain. Brave readers will enjoy piecing together the puzzle. Agent: Chris Clemans, Janklow & Nesbit Assoc. (Oct.) Hugs and Cuddles João Gilberto Noll, trans. from the Brazilian Portuguese by Edgar Garbelotto. Two Lines, $14.95 trade paper (280p) ISBN 978-1949641-38-7 Late Brazilian writer Noll (Harmada) offers a breathless exploration of a Porto Allegre man’s sexuality and desire. Narrator João Imaculado has yearned for his old friend, whom he calls “the engineer,” since their erotically charged wrestling as pubescent boys. João never acted on his feelings for the engineer, and though he’s now married with a son, he regularly has sex with men, mostly strangers. He reconnects with the engineer for a phantasmagoric scene aboard a German WWII submarine, where they watch several German men have an orgy and share an old familiar feeling of mutual lust, again unrequited. Before the boat heads to sea, João returns to his home in Porto Allegre. His insistent sexual needs (“I was so tired of the eternal hell of libido”) lead to more bathroom stall hookups at the movies and wide-ranging lustful fantasies that may or may not be realized, including with a goat. When the submarine is targeted by terrorists, Imaculado fears the engineer is dead, but finds him at his side after he is drugged and beaten by a rent boy. The author creates a dizzying, hallucinatory effect as João undergoes a series of wild transformations. In the end, Noll (1946– 2017) transcends erotica for a memorable story of an attempt at liberation. (Oct.) deal with: a romance writer and her adult daughter, a medium who believes her compartment is haunted, a recently orphaned little girl, a spry doctor, and a recluse with a possible stowaway in his cabin. It will all be worth it, however, if Baxter’s work as a porter allows him to save enough money to go to dentistry school. Mayr’s prose is vivid but never overwrought, capturing the surrealism of intense fatigue in constant motion: “He sits on the hopper again, his only escape, staring into the dark hole between his legs as rail ties blur by in the dark. He misses standing still.” Readers will be captivated. (Oct.) ★ The Sleeping Car Porter In this unsettling novel from Ernaux (The Years), first published in France in 1977, a teenage girl has her first sexual experience on summer break. Anne, introverted and contemplative at 15, harbors a cool contempt for her workingclass parents, especially her mother (“It had been a long time since she had said anything interesting to me”), and imagines living like the misanthropic protagonist of Camus’s The Stranger. She vacillates between the intensities of her boredom (“I wanted something to happen, that was all, and nothing was happening”) and curiosity about her secret-sharing girlfriends, a lecherous neighbor, and Suzette Mayr. Coach House. $17.95 trade paper (216p) ISBN 978-1-55245-458-9 Mayr’s dazzling latest (after Dr. Edith Vane and the Hares of Crawley Hall) tells the story of Baxter, a queer Black train porter, during a trip from Montreal to Vancouver in 1929. While Baxter grinds through endless tasks to keep the passengers happy and comfortable, he endures insufficient meals, sleep deprivation, repressed sexual desires, and the ever-present threat of receiving his 60th demerit, after which a porter is fired. On this particular journey, there are also singular guests to Do What They Say or Else Annie Ernaux, trans. from the French by Christopher Beach and Carrie Noland. Univ. of Nebraska, $17.95 trade paper (134p) ISBN 978-1-4962-2800-0 ▲ Our Reviewers Allen Appel Vicki Bloom William Boisvert Mitzi Brunsdale Patricia Buckley Lisa Butts Beth Cato Arvyn Cerézo Stephi Cham Kenneth W. Chitwood Rob Clough Oline H. Cogdill Anthony Costentino Nora E. Derrington Judy Downer Rosalind Faires Caitlin Farley Annabelle Finagin Heather Fink Francis Fitzpatrick Yvonne Garrett Shaenon Garrity Kelsey Smith Gillespie David Glekel Krystyna Poray Goddu Rebecca Gould Jazmen Greene Starr Griggs Gabrielle Gurley Patricia Guy Katrina Niidas Holm Marc Igler Justin Jeffryes Mary M. Jones Michael M. Jones Theresa Kaminski Gary Kerley Steven Keuhn Rob Kirby Michele Kirichanskaya Cheryl Klein Cornelia Lambert Michelle Lee Marc Leepson Eloise Lindblom Linda Lowen Cecilia Lynne Russell Magee 44 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 Allie Martineau Laura Martinez Shannon Maughan JW McCormack Sheri Melnick Jackie Miller Olivia Morris Libby Morse Dai Newman Vivian Nguyen Cory Oldweiler Susan Metallo Olivier Nora Ostrofe Robert A. Papinchak L.J. Pemberton Marian Perales Tim Peters Leonard Picker Jim Piechota Gwyn Plummer Matthew Poe Diane Reynolds Eugene Reynolds Roger Reynolds Tara Saunders Antonia Saxon Liz Scheier Matt Seidel Suzanne Shablovsky Jana Siciliano Haley Spaeth C.K. Stewart Ed Strauss Alyssa Taft Namera Tanjeem Jennifer Taylor Adriana Teitelbaum Lauryn Weigold Kerine Wint Susan Wright Eris Young Ira Zarov Cady Zeng
Review_FICTION Entry Level ★ Singer Distance Ethan Chatagnier. Tin House, $27.95 (280p) ISBN 978-1-953534-43-9 C hatagnier’s soaring debut novel (after the collection Warnings from the Future) centers on a group of five MIT grad students who head west in their attempt to contact extraterrestrial beings. In the early 1960s, Rick and his girlfriend Crystal, along with three friends Ronnie, Otis, and Priya, spend their Christmas traveling along Route 66. Crystal’s father, an academic statistician, told her stories when she was a little girl about Mars and the mathematical messages rumored in the early 1920s to have been carved into its surface in response to contact attempts. After scrutiny, she thinks she has solved the mystery of the latest Martian mathematical message and attempts to respond by planting flags in the Arizona desert. When lovestruck Rick realizes Crystal has gone missing, he searches for clues to her whereabouts and ends up looking for her in California. Chatagnier does an excellent job channeling the hippie students’ grit, joy, and constant self-awareness. Rick, describing the group in his narration, says they’re “dirty as beggars but we were grinning,” and he offers enriching development of all the characters as Rick incrementally solves the mystery of Crystal’s whereabouts. The elements of astronomy, numerology, love, and the possibility of extraterrestrial life are structured perfectly as each of the five commit to their “long-shot missions and desperate hopes.” Readers are in for a memorable adventure. (Oct.) sex, which she believes will fundamentally alter her being and place in the world. It doesn’t, as all she learns from losing her virginity to the older, politically engaged Mathieu is “the brutality of boys, their lack of tenderness.” Nonetheless, Anne eludes the watchful gaze of her parents to pursue more sexual encounters, each a disillusionment that further increases her puzzlement. All the while, Ernaux renders a clear-eyed and pitiless depiction of Anne’s dissatisfaction. It adds up to a powerful portrait of a searching adolescent. (Oct.) Please Be Advised Christine Sneed. 7.13 Books, $19.99 trade paper (270p) ISBN 979-8-9853762-6-5 Sneed’s perplexing satire in memos (after the collection The Virginity of Famous Men) runs on workplace drama at an office supplies manufacturer. Each memo convincingly apes the corporate voice of interoffice emails, with the added touch of highly personal details such as accounts of employees’ sex lives. Dr. Ken Crickshaw, the new office manager (formerly a county coroner), slowly becomes the designated rival of Bryan Stokerly, Esq., the company president. Meanwhile, an IRS audit is afoot, and Ken has designated himself the company matchmaker. For whatever reason, the first lucky couple is expected to send periodic dispatches regarding their relationship to the entire staff. In addition, employees are encouraged to take frequent wellness surveys. As each share their “Story of Personal Triumph,” the reader senses the author padding the manuscript with manufactured character development. When a recall of the company’s “collapsible paper cutter” causes financial trouble, everyone’s secrets begin to come out. Sneed nails the relentless falsity of corporate jargon and company creeds, but not for any clear purpose. Readers may very well put in their notice before this is over. (Oct.) Wendy Wimmer. Autumn House, $17.95 trade paper (160p) ISBN 978-1-63768-058-2 Wimmer’s innovative and darkly humorous debut collection employs emergency situations and fantastical elements as the protagonists struggle to make a living with low-paying jobs. “Passeridae” follows a group of crew members aboard a cruise ship as they take cover from terrorists in a laundry closet, where they reflect on the debauchery of their guests and reference the movie Titanic while joking about their low likelihood of survival. “INGOB” involves a search in Door County, Wis., for the missing county snowplow driver, nicknamed “Chief.” Mabel, the narrator, wonders if Chief’s disappearance is connected to a mysterious stranger who recently appeared at the rec center, where Mabel runs the bingo table. She describes the sound of his voice as “rustling leaves or maybe a rusted chain dropping to the floor,” which caused her to fumble the cards, and Chief came to her aid by ordering the man to leave. In “Strange Magic,” the employees of a skating rink discover that if they skate counterclockwise around the rink, they will reverse their aging. When Mary Ellen, who had a mastectomy, discovers her breast has regrown, the narrator’s understated reaction perfectly sums up the mood of Wimmer’s characters: “We had confirmation that something weird was happening.” Throughout, Wimmer makes the most of strange situations. (Oct.) Marmee Sarah Miller. Morrow, $27.99 (432p) ISBN 978-0-06-304187-5 Miller (Caroline: Little House, Revisited) offers another tepid retelling of an American classic, this time from the perspective of Little Women mother Margaret “Marmee” March. Marmee writes in her diary on Christmas Eve in 1861 of how she wishes to give her daughters treats but has no money from her husband Amos, who has been gone four months as an army chaplain. Marmee misses him dearly, though she has her hands full doing charity work and stretching his paychecks to keep their home in Concord, Mass. What follows hews closely to Alcott’s original as Marmee describes their lives in the community and W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 45
Review_FICTION how she and the girls come to the aid of the starving Hummel family. Their neighbors, the generous Mr. Laurence and his grandson, nicknamed Laurie, are unexpected delights to their days, but other entries are weighed by the war news, the spiteful Aunt March, and thoughts about her stillborn child. Marmee feels guilt, too, over her temper, adding to her worries over their financial straits that keep Jo and Meg working instead of at school (just how this happened is revealed near the end). Though overlong and light on new angles to the old story, Miller convincingly captures Marmee’s world and offers a bit of insight on the character. Die-hard Little Women fans might find this intriguing. (Oct.) That Summer in Berlin Lecia Cornwall. Berkley, $17 trade paper (464p) ISBN 978-0-593-19794-3 Cornwall (The Woman at the Front) delivers a serviceable tale of intrigue during the 1936 Olympics. Viviane Alden is a spirited English lady with a camera and guts, and her leading man is gruff Tom Graham, a Scottish earl’s illegitimate son. Tom, a journalist, shares Viviane’s determination to find proof during the festivities that Germany is preparing for another war. Though Viviane is purportedly in Berlin to chaperone her debutante stepsister, who’s searching like many women of their generation for a German husband as part of Britain’s diplomacy effort, she earns Tom’s trust by sharing the story of her soldier father’s death from German mustard gas. Still, as Tom gets in deeper undercover with the Germans, he worries she might betray him, his thoughts confronting him with a “bottomless pool of intrigue and suspicion.” Just about everything here is predictable, but Cornwall does a good job making Viviane a classic heroine, capable of saving herself while still appreciating being saved, and of proving that women can work just as well as men. There’s nothing remarkable here, but it’s enjoyable none- ★ Blood Red Gabriela Ponce, trans. from the Spanish by Sarah Booker. Restless, $18 trade paper (192p) ISBN 978-1-63206-330-4 I n this unflinching English-language debut from Ecuadorian writer Ponce, a 38-year-old woman wrestles with life-changing decisions. The author adopts a stream-of-consciousness style for the unnamed narrator, who enjoys roller-skating in Ecuador with her girlfriends and drinking in bars. With her marriage on the rocks, the narrator develops a torrid affair with a stranger who resides in a cave-like hovel, coated in vines, moss, and mud. Their attraction is intense and visceral; while on her period, her blood heightens his desire. After her husband announces he’s leaving her, he informs her that he’s also having an affair. Her own affair, which is purely physical, leaves her unsatisfied and lonely. While despondent after realizing she’s in love with the cave dweller, she drives drunk and believes she hits a man with her car, which destabilizes her. She seeks refuge at a retreat that temporarily salves her heartache over her lover and guilt over the accident, though she wonders if the crash was a hallucination. Ponce brings striking candor to the narrator’s ambivalence as she undergoes a series of emotional transformations, and Booker expertly captures the rhythm and velocity of Ponce’s prose, which skims along the surface before plunging into startling depths, such as this scene with the narrator and her husband: “we talked about friends, filed a few complaints, and then he said he’d met someone. I asked her name and then came the quiet that warns of the greatest danger.” Ponce packs a powerful punch. Agent: Sophie Savary, Sophie Savary Literary. (Oct.) 46 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 theless. Agent: Kevan Lyon, Marsal Lyon Literary Agency. (Oct.) The Empress Gigi Griffis. Zando, $17 trade paper (336p) ISBN 978-1-63893-016-7 Griffis debuts with a sumptuous historical, recently adapted for Netflix, involving a romance among the royal families of the Habsburg empire. In 1853, 15-year-old Duchess Elisabeth of Bavaria is determined to avoid the fate of her older sister, Helene, who is intended to marry Emperor Franz Joseph, 23, their cousin whom they’ve never met. Elisabeth, a budding poet with a mind of her own, repeatedly rejects the noblemen recommended by her mother. When the three women travel to the Kaiservilla in Bad Ischl so Helene can meet Franz, chance encounters between him and Elisabeth lead to a deep intellectual and physical attraction. Franz, preoccupied with modernizing the empire and keeping it out of a war that’s brewing between France and Russia, hadn’t been keen on marrying, but now tells his controlling mother he will marry Elisabeth or no one. Elisabeth is thrilled by Franz’s proposal and eagerly accepts, which causes a painful rift in her usually close relationship with Helene. Griffis lends her leads admirable strengths and forgivable flaws and colors them in with plenty of lush period detail. She also brings dramatic flair to the political intrigue before satisfyingly tying up the plot’s burning questions. Nothing in this story disappoints. Agent: Veronica Park, Fuse Literary. (Oct.) Swann’s War Michael Oren. Dzanc, $26.95 (256p) ISBN 978-1-950539-60-4 Journalist, novelist, and former Israeli ambassador Oren (To All Who Call in Truth) opens his overwrought latest with an engaging premise: what would happen if the police chief of a normally tranquil Massachusetts island joins the Marines during WWII and his wife has to replace him during an outbreak of murders? As a series of bodies are discovered in the waters and swamps off of Fourth Cliff, interim police chief Mary Beth Swann finds herself fighting on several fronts; against skeptical and disrespectful townspeople, FBI agents, interloper Louis Corvelli, a Mafia boss from
Review_FICTION the mainland, and a multitude of suspects. The murder victims are all Italian POWs who were held at the island’s prison, and the most prominent suspects include an Army lieutenant, a fellow POW, Corvelli, and a shell-shocked ex-bomber. Oren succeeds at getting readers invested, and there are some nice descriptions of the bleak setting (the ocean’s waves “rose and fell uninvitingly”), though the plot strains credulity as Corvelli’s henchmen attack the FBI agents, and the dialogue feels like outtakes from a B-movie. Most exasperatingly, a story that seems intended to exhibit a woman’s empowerment ends up dwelling on Mary Beth’s incompetence. An accomplished journalist and diplomat, Oren does better when sticking to the facts. (Oct.) When We Were Sisters Fatimah Asghar. One World, $27 (224p) ISBN 978-0-593-13346-0 Asghar follows the poetry collection If They Come for Us with her elegant debut novel, which follows three Pakistani American sisters scrabbling to get by after their father dies. Nine-year-old Noreen, the oldest and de facto caretaker; Aisha, the quarrelsome middle child; and Kausar, the sensitive youngest, are taken in by an estranged relative, referred to only as “Uncle,” who promises them a home with a zoo. It soon becomes apparent that he has taken custody only to cash the checks that the government pays him to care for the sisters (the “zoo” turns out to be a hallway of mistreated pets), and he rules the sisters’ lives with authoritarian neglect, demanding they follow a strict schedule even while he leaves them unsupervised for long stretches of time. The sisters must learn to grapple with their grief while caring for each other and establishing their own identities. Asghar’s poetic sensibilities are on full display in the lyrical and oblique prose (“Brown fingers cradle porcelain, the news spreading fast and careless as a common cold”), and the frequent formal experimentation enlivens the text (for example, one page reads in its entirety: “A bunk bed in exchange for a father./ What idiots. He was our father. We should have asked for more”). The result is a creative telling of a tender coming-of-age tale. (Oct.) Mystery/Thriller Seventeen: Last Man Standing John Brownlow. Hanover Square, $26.99 (352p) ISBN 978-1-335-46959-5 The hit man codenamed Seventeen, the narrator of Brownlow’s pulse-pounding debut, was preceded by Sixteen, now retired, and the line stretches back to the Romanovs. Seventeen, who reports to a boss known only as Handler, works his way through two stressful hits in Berlin, pulling them both off but showing the sort of weakness and hesitation that make clients nervous. Sure enough, Eighteen, highly trained and itching to get to the top of the heap, is tasked with taking out Seventeen, but fails. Rattled and sensing that Handler may try to reactivate Sixteen, Seventeen begins an arduous search-and-destroy mission at Sixteen’s well-protected hideout in rural South Dakota. The two clash, fighting to a deadlock, before deciding to join forces against a mutual enemy. An explosive showdown awaits in the California desert. After a brisk start, the action moves more haltingly toward the end. Seventeen’s captivating voice—imagine a cold killer who speaks with savage directness but desperately wants to bring the reader into the complexity of his world—helps carry the plot and mask some of its formulaic aspects and silliness. Bronlow is off to a good start. (Nov.) ★ Punishment of a Hunter: A Leningrad Confidential Yulia Yakovleva, trans. from the Russian by Ruth Ahmedzai Kemp. Pushkin Vertigo, $15.95 trade paper (400p) ISBN 978-1-78227-679-1 Set in the Soviet Union during the 1930s, Russian author Yakovleva’s outstanding U.S. debut, a series launch, captures the tense paranoid atmosphere of the period. Investigator Vasily Zaitsev, of the Leningrad Criminal Investigation Department, looks into the murder of bookkeeper Faina Baranova, who was found strangled in her room. Baranova’s killer posed the corpse on an armchair, with a white rose in one hand and a feather duster in the other, and had brought red silk curtains into the apartment to display behind the body. Before Zaitsev can advance in his inquiries, he falls afoul of the OGPU, the secret police unit responsible for punishing “crimes against Soviet ideology,” who believe the investigator has a suspect lineage. Fortunately, his terrifying captivity is cut short when he’s needed to help with a multiple murder, whose victims include a Black American Communist and three Russian women, all posed as if for a portrait. Yakovleva perfectly balances evoking the terror of living in a police state with her whodunit plotline. Fans of Martin Cruz Smith’s Arkady Renko will hope to see much more of Zaitsev. (Oct.) The Last Chairlift John Irving. Simon & Schuster, $35 (912p) ISBN 978-1-5011-8927-2 This overblown and underplotted behemoth of a novel from Irving (The World According to Garp) follows the idiosyncratic journey to adulthood of Adam, an illegitimate child born and raised in New England who becomes a writer. The search for Adam’s father’s identity provides a thriller element, but it never generates much narrative momentum. Dickensian in scope, the book includes multiple story lines, notably the complex love life of Adam’s lesbian mother, Little Ray, a ski instructor who marries a man who will identify as a woman. Nora, an outspoken lesbian cousin who’s a victim of sexual violence, also plays a significant role. Along the way, Irving chronicles American society from the 1950s to roughly the present, focused on feminism and sexual intolerance. His enormous imagination, his storytelling gifts, and his intelligence are all on display, but this feels more like a coda to his career, if one with a still-resonant theme about family and the maternal relationship: “We’re alone in the way we love our mothers, or in the way we don’t.” Irving’s fans may love this, but it’s not the place to start for anyone new to his work. Agents: Dean Cooke, Cooke McDermid, and Janet Turnbull, Turnbull Agency. (Oct.) W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 47
Review_FICTION The Maze: A John Corey Novel Nelson DeMille. Scribner, $30 (464p) ISBN 978-1-5011-0178-6 [Q&A] PW Talks with Yulia Yakovleva Policing in a Police State In Yakovleva’s Punishment of a Hunter (Pushkin Vertigo, Oct.; reviewed on p. 47), Insp. Vasily Zaitsev of the Leningrad Criminal Investigation Department seeks the truth, and justice, in the Soviet Union of the 1930s. Where did the idea of a killer posing victims very elaborately come from? From my twisted mind, I’m afraid. I grew up in St. Petersburg, and it’s hardly an exaggeration that I used to visit the Hermitage every week. It’s a great place to walk, especially in wintertime. If you have just once experienced the winter wind in St. Petersburg, you cannot forget it, trust me. I visited the painting collection with no clue, and no interest, as to who the painters were, which style or era they represented, but I had an impression of almost wax-looking, or almost blue, bodies and faces, and I thought disgusting, they look like they’re dead. So much later, when I was thinking about this book, this impression just popped up. MADICKEN SCHEI What surprised you the most from researching the period? How people managed to keep living in two dimensions simultaneously. In the first one, you enjoy your work or your art, you are in love, you have fun with your friends, you have ambitions, you simply enjoy life, both in its greatest and most trivial pleasures, like nice weather, the sea, or ice cream. In the other dimension, you feel nothing but the wall of horror, darkness, sorrow, pain, fear, and anger around. I must add that after Putin invaded Ukraine, I could see myself how it is possible. © What led you to examine the Soviet Union under Stalin through a crime fiction lens after doing so in children’s novels? The idea that nobody had done it before, first of all. It’s not just a crime novel with Stalinist Soviet Union as a background, but I tried to express the spirit, the vibe, the zeitgeist of that era through the crime genre. I tried to imagine what it was like to be an ordinary person in Soviet Leningrad in the 1930s. I was thinking of the everyday feeling of being hunted, that every minute can turn unpredictable, most likely in a horrible way. And I found it exciting that this “ordinary person” is a policeman, that is to say a hunter. He hunts, and is hunted, at the same time. How has this series been received in Russia? It became a bestseller and opened the door to a huge wave of Soviet retro crime novels of different kinds. The Soviet era is the biggest obsession of Russian culture of Putin’s time. Suddenly, tons of people said to themselves, “Aha! I have also something to say about it.” 48 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 —Lenny Picker Bestseller DeMille’s ponderous eighth John Corey novel (after 2015’s Radiant Angel) drags Corey—former NYPD detective, former contract agent with the Federal Anti-Terrorist Task Force, former member of the Diplomatic Surveillance Group, and former adjunct professor at John Jay College of Criminal Justice— out of his enforced retirement. One of Corey’s former lovers, Det. Beth Penrose of the Suffolk County Homicide Squad, urges him to take a job with a private investigation firm on Long Island called Security Solutions. After much dithering, Corey finally succumbs to Beth’s entreaties and winds up in a treacherous maze of vice, graft, and blackmail, and on the trail of a serial killer. Fortunately, the dirty cops and lowlifes employed by the detective agency are as old-school as Corey, who ends up looking for incriminating evidence among Security Solutions’ recent videocassettes and paper ledgers, which are stored in a basement secured by a padlock. Armed with his trusty Glock, a crowbar, and unlimited cockiness, Corey manfully succeeds in fighting crime. This is for die-hard fans only. Agents: Sloan Harris and Jennifer Joel, ICM Partners. (Oct.) A Strange Habit of Mind: A Cameron Winter Crime Story Andrew Klavan. Mysterious, $26.95 (288p) ISBN 978-1-61316-351-1 Edgar winner Klavan’s subpar sequel to 2021’s When Christmas Comes finds Cameron Winter, who once worked for a covert government entity called the Division, now a literature professor at a Midwestern university after blackmailing the dean about “things the dean wanted to keep hidden until the end of the world.” Winter is troubled by the suicide of a former student, Adam Kemp, who jumped from the roof of his San Francisco apartment building right after texting Winter, “Help me.” Winter, who defended Kemp against a date rape charge and is curious why Kemp hadn’t waited a few minutes for a response to the text, travels to California to investigate. Though he accepts the official verdict of suicide, Winter comes to believe that a powerful tech
Review_FICTION titan, an in-law of Kemp’s girlfriend, played a role in the death. The lead’s special gift—to suddenly understand puzzling motives and actions after he “slipped without warning into a silent state akin to meditation”—isn’t distinctive enough to make the character memorable. Klavan fails to make the conceit of a guilt-ridden intelligence operative turned academic plausible. Agent: Mark Gottlieb, Trident Media Group. (Oct.) A Murder at Balmoral Chris McGeorge. Putnam, $17 trade paper (384) ISBN 978-0-593-54413-6 In this locked room mystery with echoes of Agatha Christie, British author McGeorge (Now You See Me) delivers a droll if disappointing look at a fictional royal family, whose members have gathered to celebrate a traditional Christmas at Balmoral Castle located in the remote Scottish Highlands. All the royals, a mixed bag of egos, have been made to hand over their mobile devices, and are soon cut off from the outside world by a huge blizzard. King Eric Windsor has sent all servants and staff home, demanding that the only people to be present are his family; his smarmy security “juggernaut,” Tony Speck; and his loyal personal chef, Jonathan Alleyne. The 85-year-old king plans to make an important announcement that will affect the monarchy. But as he begins to describe his proposal during a toast, he drops dead from drinking poisoned whiskey. Mouth-watering scenes of the chef cooking make up only in part for an uninspired plot, a ho-hum resolution, and characters that are stock types, aside from Jonathan. McGeorge has done better. Agent: Hannah Sheppard, DHH Literary (U.K.). (Oct.) ★ Noonday Dark Charles Demers. Douglas & McIntyre, $16.95 trade paper (224p) ISBN 978-1-77162-328-5 In Canadian author Demers’s excellent sequel to 2020’s Primary Obsessions, Vancouver psychotherapist Annick Boudreau is shaken when the police inform her that a patient she’s been treating for depression, Danielle MacFadden, has disappeared, leaving a suicide note. The psychologist has never lost a patient before, and is convinced that MacFadden had turned things around. Boudreau’s curiosity about what happened is encouraged by her patient’s estranged father, who also refuses to believe that his daughter took her own life, and she suspects the truth may be connected with local politics. MacFadden, a gifted comedian, helped the campaign of the newly elected mayor, Alberto Rossi, by inserting laugh lines into his speeches. Less than a month into his term, Rossi is embroiled in scandal. The mayor pledged to phase out a major trucking corridor, whose residents suffered from air and noise pollution as a result of the heavy commercial traffic, but he abruptly backs off his promise. Demers makes the amateur sleuthing believable, and populates the supporting cast with well-developed characters, both major and minor. This clever and empathic series merits a long run. (Oct.) The Medici Murders David Hewson. Severn, $29.99 (288p) ISBN 978-1-4483-0656-5 The murder of British TV historian Marmaduke Godolphin, found floating in a Venetian canal with a stiletto blade in his chest, propels this gripping mystery from Hewson (The Garden of Angels). With the annual Carnival festival under way and tourists swarming the city, the police are determined to put the case to rest as quickly as possible. Enter retired archivist Arnold Clover, who was helping Godolphin search historical documents for clues Godolphin believed would reveal the identity of the assassins of Lorenzino de’ Medici 500 years earlier. Meanwhile, Godolphin’s acolytes, known as the Gilded Circle, have gathered in Venice and have competing theories about whether Lorenzino, who murdered his cousin Alessandro, the ruler of Florence, deserves his evil reputation. Could one of them have had motive to kill Godolphin? Clover must use the aged papers and his own 21st-century research skills to determine the truth and whether there’s a connection between Lorenzino’s death and Godolphin’s. The wet, dark, cramped alleys of Venice provide an atmospheric backdrop as the action shifts in time before and after Godolphin’s murder. Hewson educates and entertains in equal measure. (Oct.) The Foulest Things: A Dominion Archives Mystery Amy Tector. Keylight, $15.99 trade paper (264p) ISBN 978-1-68442-883-0 On a cold day in January 2010, Jess Novak, the narrator of this cleverly plotted series launch from Tector (The Honeybee Emeralds), settles into her Ottawa office for her first assignment at Canada’s Dominion Archives, where she has a oneyear probationary contract. She is to read and catalogue business documents belonging to the estate of Henry Jarvis, a former cabinet minister. Hidden inside the cover of a ledger she’s examining is a letter dated Sept. 20, 1914, to Victoria Jarvis in Alberta from Jeremy Crawford in Paris. After determining that Victoria was Henry’s niece and Jeremy a minor painter, Jess decides to search for more information with an eye to writing a scholarly paper that would secure her a permanent position at the archive. While in the art vault at the archives’ conservation facility, she finds the body of Paul Thibodeau, one of the facility’s commissionaires. Was the killer one of her new colleagues? Could the death be connected to Jess’s research? Letters between Victoria and Jeremy provide lively counterpoint to Jess’s dangerous search for a longmissing Rembrandt painting related to their correspondence. Readers will eagerly look forward to Jess’s further adventures. (Oct.) Antiques Liquidation Barbara Allan. Severn, $29.99 (208p) ISBN 978-0-7278-5091-1 At the start of Allan’s madcap 16th Trash ’n’ Treasures mystery (after 2021’s Antiques Carry On), flamboyant septuagenarian Vivian Borne—honorary deputy sheriff of Serenity, Iowa, antiques dealer, and magnet for murder—awakens her long-suffering 33-year-old daughter, Brandy, at 2 a.m. for a questionable meeting early that same morning with sleazy auctioneer Conrad Norris to purchase W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 49
Review_FICTION dead stock (aka “old unused new merchandise”) for their shop. Vivian blithely ignores the dangers of entering a decrepit warehouse once owned by Lyle “the Liquidator” Dayton, who mysteriously disappeared years earlier. Vivian uses some dirt she has on Norris to blackmail him into letting her cherry-pick from the stock before he auctions it. When Norris ends up dead atop an elevator after the auction, Vivian is determined to solve the case. With a reluctant Brandy and her fiancé, Tony Cassato, Serenity’s chief of police, Vivian investigates a lengthy list of suspects with reason to kill the doubledealing auctioneer. Can Vivian and Brandy expose the murderer before he permanently liquidates them? Humorous asides and loads of antique lore will please series fans. Allan (the pen name of Barbara Collins and Max Allan Collins) delivers the cozy goods. Agent: Dominick Abel, Dominick Abel Literary. (Oct.) Sherlock Holmes and the Case of the Fateful Arrow Daniel D. Victor. MX Publishing, $12.95 trade paper (184p) ISBN 978-1-8042-4040-3 In Victor’s competent eighth Sherlock Holmes and the American Literati mystery (after 2021’s Sherlock Holmes and the Pandemic of Death), Holmes takes on celebrated American crime writer Anna Katharine Green (aka Mrs. Charles Rohlfs) as a client. It’s June 2, 1890, when a distraught Mrs. Rohlfs arrives at the door of 221B Baker Street. She has seen a beautiful young woman murdered—her heart pierced by an arrow— in the Battle of Hastings exhibit at the British Museum. Inspector Lestrade, who’s handling the case, scurries after someone he believes to be the most likely suspect, regardless of the lack of evidence or motive. It’s up to Holmes, Dr. Watson, and plucky Mrs. Rohlfs, who proves a worthy partner in detection, to uncover the truth as they amble through this convoluted melodrama. Illuminating footnotes and the observant quotes from Mrs. Rohlfs that head each chapter add some sparkle. Those seeking stylistic elegance or a fast-paced plot will have to look elsewhere. (Oct.) ★ The Poison Machine Robert J. Lloyd. Melville House, $29.99 (464p) ISBN 978-1-61219-975-7 It’s 1679 in Lloyd’s outstanding sequel to 2021’s The Bloodless Boy, and English scientist Harry Hunt is hoping to succeed his friend and mentor, Robert Hooke, as ★ Jackal Erin E. Adams. Bantam, $27 (336p) ISBN 978-0-593-49930-6 L iz Rocher, the Black narrator of Adams’s stellar debut, an unforgettable gut punch of a horror thriller, returns reluctantly home to Johnstown, Pa., a largely white rust belt town, for the wedding of her white best friend, Mel Parker. When Mel’s mixedrace daughter, Caroline, disappears in the woods, Liz’s attempts to find Caroline lead her to the discovery of years of police cover-ups of the deaths of Black girls in the woods, their hearts neatly removed, and the revival of her own memories of hiding in the woods the night a fellow Black teen was murdered. Adams’s careful plotting impresses with the subtle organic feel of embedded clues primed to emerge as relevant much later. The girls’ thoughts are included at various points, and the reader is thrown off balance when the narrative shifts to the point of view of the supernatural killer at the moment of violence. At the same time, Adams skillfully presents changing theories about the possible humans involved as Liz struggles with who to trust and navigates dreamscapes that seem increasingly real. This novel is a masterful and emotionally wrenching gem of Black storytelling. Agent: Kerry D’Agostino, Curtis Brown. (Oct.) 50 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 the Royal Society of London’s Curator of Experiments. But after botching an electrical experiment, Hunt deems it wise to accept the offer of Sir Jonas Moore, the head of the Board of Ordnance, to become an investigator for the board. Moore asks him to travel to Norfolkshire to look into the murder of a man whose head was bashed in with a cannonball. Moore identifies the dead man, based on the size of the skeletal remains and initials on a knife, as Capt. Jeffrey Hudson, a dwarf treated like a plaything by then Queen Henrietta Maria, the wife of Charles I. The plot thickens when Hunt learns someone has assumed Hudson’s identity and that the impersonation and murder may be linked to a missing diamond. Hunt’s pursuit of the truth, which takes him to France, imperils his life. Lloyd skillfully combines an endearingly flawed lead, jaw-dropping twists, and the fraught, conspiracy-laden politics of the Stuart Restoration. Iain Pears fans will be enthralled. Agent: Gaia Banks, Sheil Land Assoc. (U.K.). (Oct.) Blackmail and Bibingka Mia P. Manansala. Berkley Prime Crime, $17 trade paper (304p) ISBN 978-0-593-20171-8 In Agatha Award winner Manansala’s cheeky third culinary cozy (after Homicide and Halo-Halo), the trouble begins with the return of restaurant owner Lila Macapagal’s prodigal cousin, Ronnie Flores, during the annual Winter Bash in Shady Palms, Ill. After a 15-year absence and a suspicious stay in Florida, the “king of get-rich-quick schemes” has heady plans to buy a nearby winery and hawk a line of traditional vintages, especially a potentially lethal lambanog. He has lined up a group of out-of-town investors, including the “expensively beautiful” Denise Sutton and her suave fiancé, Xander Cruz. Things go awry quickly when Denise imbibes too much and dies. Denise’s twin stepchildren immediately suspect Xander of money-grubbing. But when Lila’s aunt, Tita Rosie, receives an email threat-
Review_FICTION ening to expose what happened in Florida with the claim that “Ronnie and Co. have blood on their hands,” amateur detective Lila widens the net. The sleuthing sometimes takes a back burner to food tastings, but Manansala’s breezy style makes for another brisk entry in this flavorful series, recipes included. Readers will be hungry for more. Agent: Jill Marsal, Marsal Lyon Literary. (Oct.) The Stranger Vanishes Wendy Corsi Staub. Severn, $29.99 (224p) ISBN 978-0-7278-5017-1 The disappearance of a visitor to Lily Dale, N.Y., home of psychics, mystics, and mediums drives Staub’s busy fifth Lily Dale mystery (after 2021’s Pros and Cons). On Juneteenth, widow Bella Jordan, Valley View Guesthouse’s manager, is startled by a tall Black man seeking shelter. By morning, he’s gone, leaving only a satchel containing an old diary as evidence of his existence. Bella’s inquiries into her missing guest lead nowhere. Still, she and her writer friend, Calla Delaney, become fascinated by the pre– Civil War diary revealing a local murder by a traitorous member of the Underground Railroad. Meanwhile, Calla, frustrated with her novel’s progress and her slacker boyfriend Blue, son of the wealthy and politically ambitious David Slayton, reluctantly becomes swept up in Slayton’s run for governor. As days pass with no sighting of the stranger, spirits of enslaved people who fled captivity appear to Calla and urge her to “Help him!” But who is Calla supposed to help, and why does someone desperately want the diary? Keeping track of the many characters can be hard, and the updates on these characters don’t leave much room for plot development. This one’s for established fans. Agent: Laura Blake Peterson, Curtis Brown. (Oct.) If She Wakes (Harlow #2) Erik Therme. Thecker, $11.99 trade paper (234p) ISBN 979-8-4798-3984-9 The shocks come fast and furious in Therme’s gripping sequel to 2021’s If She Dies. In the Midwestern town of Harlow, Tess Parker remains traumatized two years after her five-year-old daughter was fatally struck by a car driven by Brady Becker, who was sentenced only to a short prison term for the homicide. After Becker’s release, Tess hires a PI to keep an eye on him, a step she’s concealed from her husband. But she’s thrust into more danger following a car accident that seriously injures her passenger, Torrie Adams, the widow of Tess’s brother Colin, landing Torrie in a coma. As Tess juggles her responsibilities to enable her to care for her infant nephew, a stranger appears, claiming to be Torrie’s older sister, despite Torrie having stated she’d grown up without any family. Another supposed sibling of the comatose Torrie enters the picture, further muddying the waters. Therme makes his lead’s responses to the unexpected believable and the jolts from the twists earned. The ending tease will have Mary Higgins Clark fans eager for the sequel. (Self-published) SF/Fantasy/Horror The Choice Nora Roberts. St. Martin’s, $29.99 (448p) ISBN 978-1-250-27272-0 Bestseller Roberts expertly weaves threads from the previous two books of her Dragon Heart Legacy series into an epic climax and gratifying grand finale (following The Becoming). Life continues in the magical world of Talamh in the aftermath of the Battle of the Dark Portal: fallen loved ones are honored, couples wed, babies are born, and the wheel of the year turns. But the shadow of the evil god Odran, who hopes to crush Talamh and rule all the worlds, still looms, and series protagonist Breen and her found family prepare for a final confrontation between the forces of light and darkness. The world and characters are comfortably established by this point, allowing readers to be swept away by waves of events as the battle intensifies. Though the broad outcomes are easily anticipated, Roberts raises the stakes enough to keep readers guessing from moment to moment. Add in a little romance to round out the tale, and the result is a rewarding outing for old and new fans alike. Agent: Amy Berkower, Writers House. (Nov.) Empire of Exiles Erin M. Evans. Orbit, $17.99 trade paper (432p) ISBN 978-0-316-44087-5 Evans (the Brimstone Angels series) launches her Books of the Usurper epic fantasy series with a heady mixture of magic, murder, and revolution. Twenty-three years before the start of the book, Redolfo, Duke Kirazzi, attempted a coup in the empire of Semilla. But the Kirazzi Rebellion failed and Redolfo was executed. In the present day, Quill, an apprentice scribe, arrives in the capital city of Arlabecca to retrieve some ancient artifacts from the Imperial Archives on a special request from the remaining Kirazzi family. While there, the murder of a prominent lord throws the city into chaos. When Quill discovers a dangerous weapon hidden among the Kirazzi artifacts—one that hasn’t been used since the days of the coup—he must band together with the city’s Archivists to investigate the attack and halt a conspiracy that threatens to destroy the empire. There’s a bit of a learning curve to Evans’s complex worldbuilding, but readers will be drawn in by the memorable cast, vibrantly drawn fantasy cultures, and vivid prose. Epic fantasy fans will be eager to see where the series goes. Agent: Bridget Smith, JABberwocky. (Nov.) The Last Hero Linden A Lewis. Skybound, $28.99 (624p) ISBN 978-1-982127-05-3 Lewis brings their First Sister trilogy to a dramatic conclusion in this empowering sci-fi epic (following The Second Rebel). The expansive cast grapples with grief and the desire for revenge as galaxy-shattering conflict becomes increasingly inevitable. Working to change the Sisterhood from within, Astrid and Lily—now W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 51
Review_FICTION Mother Lilian I—are undermined at every turn by enemies at the highest echelons of Gean government. Meanwhile Hiro, mourning their partner’s death, works to prevent their father from unleashing a weapon that could endanger the fragile peace between the Geans, the Icarii, and the distant, powerful Synthetics. And, still suffering the aftereffects of the Genekey virus, Luce and Hemlock work to hold the fragmenting Aster factions together. One of Lewis’s great strengths is their fluent, authentic-feeling representation of multiple marginalized identities; this outing is particularly notable for having three disabled point-of-view characters. Heavy with side plots and political messaging, this book occasionally feels like it’s trying to do too much in a single volume. Still, it provides a satisfying escalation and closes out character arcs well. Anyone looking for diverse, queernorm space opera will want to check out this series. Agent: Alexandra Machinist, ICM Partners. (Nov.) Legends & Lattes Travis Baldree. Tor, $17.99 trade paper (304p) ISBN 978-1-250-88608-8 Baldree debuts with a gentle little cozy set against an epic fantasy backdrop. Aging and tired of bloodletting, orc swordswoman Viv leads her mercenary crew on one last adventure. After slaying a monster and wrenching from its skull a legendary stone, a talisman said to bring good fortune to its bearer, she abandons her erstwhile comrades— warrior dandy Fennus, Gallina of the sharp knives, and Taivus—and settles down in Thune. There, she buys a decrepit stable and hires Cal, a hob carpenter, and Tandri, a reformed succubus, who become her friends and helpers in opening a coffee shop that eventually takes the town by storm. The slight conflicts that follow are far from standard high fantasy fare: Viv must defy a local protection racket and evade the machinations of the envious Fennus. Viv’s success in business is buttressed by her growing affection for Tandri, adding a dash of sweet romance to this tale of finding meaning in the little things. This charming outing will please anyone who’s ever wished to spend time in a fantasy world without all the quests and battles. (Nov.) Across the Sand Hugh Howey. Harper Voyager, $27.99 (400p) ISBN 978-0-358-67045-2 Howey’s standalone sequel to 2014’s Sand delves deeper into a world where the remnants of modern civilization lie buried beneath hundreds of meters of sand. In the mining city of Agyl, resourceful Anya discovers the dark secret behind her father’s business trips when an atomic bomb destroys her town. Meanwhile, across No Man’s Land, four siblings rebuild their lives in the aftermath of a tragedy: Conner longs to take the family West, away from the depressing routines of survival, while Palmer’s desperation to live up to their missing sister Vic’s accomplishments as a sand-diver—specially trained people whose suits allow them to travel beneath the sand to salvage buried technology—places the youngest, Violet, in danger. Though the sand-divers face constant pressure to recover ever greater spoils, this is a world where very little is known about the past. The only character who expresses any curiosity is Rob, whose fascination with old-world tech leads him to create an amazing new tool for controlling the sand. Well-paced writing and myriad intertwined narratives build momentum as Anya’s and her father’s quest for vengeance places them in conflict with the sand-divers. Marrying a propulsive plot with fascinating worldbuilding, this postapocalyptic epic proves well worth the wait. Agent: Kristin Nelson, Nelson Literary. (Oct.) ★ Slaughtered Gods Thilde Kold Holdt. Solaris, $16.99 trade paper (656p) ISBN 978-1-78618-745-1 Holdt sticks the landing with the satisfying conclusion to her Hanged God trilogy (following 2021’s Shackled Fates), a fascinating exploration of whether the universe is governed by fate or free will. The plot centers on whether Ragnarok, the long-foretold twilight of the Norse gods, can be averted as two characters 52 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 attempt to stop it in very different ways. Ragnar, a bard who has repeatedly miraculously survived dying, knows that Odin, the Alfather, is prophesied to die during Ragnarok, “torn apart by the great wolf, Fenrir,” one of the trickster god Loki’s three monstrous children. So Ragnar decides to kill Odin himself as soon as possible, thus preempting the fall of the gods. Meanwhile, Ragnar’s daughter Hilda, a warrior who survived her hometown’s destruction and is haunted by visions of Ragnarok, adopts a different plan. Hilda hopes to kill Fenrir so that the beast will not be alive to kill Odin. Holdt keeps readers on the edge of their seats as to whether either long-shot scheme will succeed—and how they might affect the fates of gods and men. Lush prose and epic battles only enhance this wellcrafted series finale from a rising genre talent. Agent: Jamie Cowen, Ampersand. (Oct.) A Study in Ugliness & Outras Histórias H. Pueyo. Lethe, $20 trade paper (250p) ISBN 978-1-59021-601-9 The 10 eerie tales of Pueyo’s striking debut collection all appear side by side in English and Portuguese, honoring the author’s multicultural heritage. Many of these stories thin the veil between the living and the dead: in “The Memory-Eater,” a nameless man absorbs the memories of spirits to allow them to move on to a peaceful afterlife, while “An Open Coffin” follows a young woman who is hired by an allusive, wealthy man to care for a corpse on display in his home. As devoted mourners pour in and out to visit the body, the ritualistic nature of their visits begins to unnerve the caretaker, leading her to turn to the corpse itself for guidance. Other tales explore the very nature of reality: in the eponymous story, the daily routine of a bullied queer student named Basília is disrupted by the appearance of a new classmate who everyone else remembers as having always been there—
Review_FICTION and who harbors a dark and fascinating secret. As haunting as it is thought-provoking, this impressive collection will especially appeal to fans of Carmen Maria Machado. (Oct.) Night of Demons and Saints Menna Van Praag. Harper Voyager, $17.99 trade paper (320p) ISBN 978-0-06-293250-1 Van Praag returns to the fairy tale– inspired world of The Sisters Grimm with an unevenly paced sequel that picks up three years after the events of the first book. After defeating their demonic father, half sisters Liyana, Scarlet, and Goldie lead mundane new lives: Liyana works to keep her ailing aunt alive, Scarlet deals with a relationship crisis, and Goldie grieves the death of her love, Leo. Then their fourth sister, Bea, now living as a raven, talks Goldie into a dangerous plan to resurrect Leo on Goldie’s birthday, when her magic is at her strongest. When Liyana learns of this plot, she knows she and Scarlet won’t be able to stop Goldie and Bea—so instead they offer to help, hoping to mitigate the risk. But the attempted resurrection comes at a hefty price that none anticipate. Magic and mystery make this rich fantasy world come alive, but unfortunately the plot is not as skillfully crafted as its setting. The conflict is disappointingly easy for the sisters to dispel, and, despite the low stakes, the story often feels rushed. Still, the complex sibling dynamic keeps the pages turning. For series fans, just reconnecting with these magical characters may be enough. Agent: Ginger Clark, Curtis Brown. (Oct.) Deathless Gods P.C. Hodgell. Baen, $16 trade paper (368p) ISBN 978-1-982192-16-7 Political infighting and battles between gods dog the Kencyrath people as they continue their 3,000-year war against Perimal Darkling in Hodgell’s byzantine 10th Kencyrath epic fantasy (after 2019’s By Demons Possessed). Jame, the lone female Highborn of House Knorth, takes command of the house troops to fulfill mercenary contracts with the native Rathillien king, Mordaunt, who schemes to raise himself to godhood. Meanwhile, Jame’s brother, Torisen, Highlord of the Kencyrath, worries that a poor harvest and a lack of payments from the Rathillien will leave his people fighting over food, and fears he’ll be left unable to help as the larger Houses push for more prestige and power on the High Council. Throughout, both siblings continue to manifest the power of the Tyr-ridan, avatars of the Three-faced God who abandoned the Kencyr ages ago. Hodgell’s intricate web requires careful reading—and extensive knowledge of the previous books—to follow, but the author repays her fans with a saga that flows neatly between the mythic and the mundane. There’s plenty of life left in this series. (Oct.) Nightwatch Over Windscar K. Eason. DAW, $28 (416p) ISBN 978-0-75641859-5 Unlikely allies embark on a dangerous mission to save their friends in the discombobulating second space opera in Eason’s The Weep series (after Nightwatch on the Hinterlands). Cantankerous Templar-Initiate Iari is promoted to captain after successfully leading a mission to save civilians from a lethal army of Confederation separatists, but things take a turn when she and her team discover that the separatists aren’t the only ones working to bring destruction to the Confederation. The separatists have allied with murderous cultists led by a mysterious arithmancer. Together, they’ve created mutilated, part-human, part-cyborg beings called One-Eyes in the name of their god, Axorchal One-Eye. Worse, the cult has created a portal that enables the OneEyes to easily eradicate their enemies. The odds are not with Iari and her misfit friends as they infiltrate the cult to destroy this portal. Eason packs in cool action sequences, deeply complex characters, and an excess of specialized terminology and technically detailed worldbuilding. The result is that many readers—even those who’ve been following the series—will struggle to find their footing in the fray. This is best suited for Eason’s most devoted fans. Agent: Lisa Rodgers, JABberwocky Literary. (Oct.) Romance/Erotica Astrid Parker Doesn’t Fail Ashley Herring Blake. Berkley, $17 trade paper (400p) ISBN 978-0-593-33642-7 This sexy and heartfelt queer rom-com, the second in Blake’s Bright Falls series (after Delilah Green Doesn’t Care), stars Astrid Parker, a “baby bisexual” interior designer who’s at loose ends after splitting from her “golden boy” fiancé. Then she meets the equally lost-inlife Jordan Everwood, a tarot-reading “soft-butch” carpenter whose purportedly haunted family inn in Bright Falls, Ore., Astrid will be remodeling for an HGTV show. The women are initially at odds due to clashing personalities and design sensibilities, but Blake puts a twist on the enemies-to-lovers trope when they realize that they’re stronger together and begin secretly collaborating on the redesign without the knowledge of the TV crew. Though some of the secondary cast, including Astrid’s mother and Jordan’s ex, undergo character changes that happen too abruptly to feel natural, Astrid and Jordan themselves are impressively well-rounded, coming across as simultaneously rude, sarcastic, and short-tempered, and caring, devoted, and kind, rather than going from one extreme to the other. Returning readers will be delighted to revisit Bright Falls and any romance fan will thrill at the sexual and emotional gratification on offer here. Agent: Rebecca Podos, Rees Literary. (Nov.) Pride and Protest Nikki Payne. Berkley, $17 trade paper (416p) ISBN 978-0-593-44094-0 Payne debuts with an entertaining and politically charged retelling of Pride and Prejudice that tackles gentrification, prejuW W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 53
Review_FICTION dice, and the intersections of race, class, and gender. Rigid Filipino CEO Dorsey Fitzgerald and passionate Black DJ and activist Liza Bennet are at odds over Dorsey’s efforts to gentrify Merrytown, Liza’s DC neighborhood, before they even meet. Dorsey is struggling to prove himself as the heir to Pemberley Development following his adoptive parents’ death and Liza’s efforts to rally the community to halt the company’s plans using her radio show and popular social media accounts aren’t making his job any easier. In a twist on Austen’s classic meet-ugly, Liza arrives at a Pemberley gala to stage a flash protest, mistakes Dorsey for one of the waitstaff, and attempts to entice him to join her cause. When a snowstorm later strands them together in the Pemberley offices, their mutual misconceptions start to melt away as their attraction heats up. As their connection grows, they work hard to see eye to eye, even while keeping up appearances by performing their parts on opposite sides of the fight for Merrytown. While it doesn’t stand out among a crowded field of Austen retellings, the redevelopment plot puts a fresh twist on familiar beats and the enemies-to-lovers romance sizzles. This is good fun. Agent: Kim Lionetti, BookEnds Literary. (Nov.) ★ To Capture His Heart Nancy Campbell Allen. Shadow Mountain, $15.99 trade paper (288p) ISBN 978-163993-051-7 A photographer and a detective go from friends to lovers while searching for a killer in this thrilling Victorian romance from Allen (The Matchmaker’s Lonely Heart). Detective Nathan Winston, eager to avoid his mother’s matchmaking attempts at a weeklong fundraising house party, recruits his good friend Eva Caldwell, the photographer for the event, to pretend to be his intended. Faking courtship is complicated by the fact that neither realizes the other’s feelings are real. When Nathan receives a threatening message from an unknown criminal seeking revenge for Nathan putting his family away, Nathan fears for his guests’ safety. As he and Eva band together to stop the villain, pretense falls away and real romance blooms—but not before the killer sets his sights on Eva. As tensions rise at the house party, everyone becomes a suspect, making the mystery read like an especially lively game of Clue. Meanwhile the couple’s connection is so undeniable that even readers who usually look for heat in their romances won’t mind the lack of sex scenes. It’s a delectable treat that’s sure to keep readers guessing. (Oct.) Bad Girl Reputation Elle Kennedy. Griffin, $16.99 trade paper (320p) ISBN 978-1-250-79675-2 When former “bad girl” Genevieve West returns home for her mother’s funeral, she’s tempted to fall back into her wayward ways in Kennedy’s delicious sequel to Good Girl Complex. Twenty-twoyear-old Gen has turned over a new leaf in the year since she left Avalon Bay, quitting drinking and getting her life together. Most of the townspeople are willing to chalk up her former misbehavior as teen antics, but sheriff’s deputy Rusty Randall has reasons for not letting it go. During a drunken night out, he assaulted Gen, and, in retaliation, she blew up his marriage. Now that Gen’s back in town, Rusty’s out for revenge. But he’s not her main concern. That would be her ex-boyfriend, Evan Hartley, whom she abandoned without a word. Evan still loves Gen and hopes they can pick up where they left off—but Gen won’t let him lead her back down a bad path. To prove himself, Evan must reform. Evan’s growth from party boy to worthy romance hero is a joy to witness, especially as, along the way, he reminds Gen that having fun is not a crime. The duo’s unbreakable connection comes through on every page with palpable chemistry and an even stronger emotional connection. This will-they-won’t-they offers a fun balance of life lessons and steamy sex scenes. (Oct.) End of the Day Hanna Earnest. Carina, $8.99 mass market (384p) ISBN 978-1-335-47511-4 In Earnest’s emotionally taut second Night and Day romance (after All the Best 54 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 Nights) Hollywood makeup artist Benjamina “Benj” Wasik must fake a relationship with her nemesis, actor Milo Fox. When Jackson Fox, Milo’s identical twin, gets caught by paparazzi leaving the home of married pop star Nelle, Benj’s client, it causes a scandal. With Jackson off the grid on vacation, and thus unable to clear things up with the press, Benj hatches a complex plan to save Nelle’s reputation. They’ll say that Jackson and Benj are dating and that he was at Nelle’s visiting her— and to sustain the ruse, Milo will pretend to be his own twin brother and Benj’s boyfriend. Even as the pair fake-date, Benj is determined to keep things platonic, having been burned by Milo before when a heated kiss between them got her fired from her first movie set, where Milo was the star. Now resentment—and unresolved sexual tension—make the act hard to maintain, especially as, unbeknownst to Benj, Milo has been pining for her. The emotional tug-of-war between the characters crackles with chemistry and romantic tension. Earnest should win some new fans with this one. Agent: Elaine Spencer, Knight Agency. (Oct.) Fetish: A Collection of Erotic Stories Anonymous. Entangled Amara, $16.99 trade paper (560p) ISBN 978-1-64937-199-7 This spicy collection of historical erotica from the anonymous author of Aphrodite in Bloom offers 10 taboo-breaking shorts set across 1870s Europe. It opens in Paris with “A Neighboring Hand,” in which an old school chum coaches American heiress Camellia Zimmerfield through a new sexual experience, and travels to the Swiss Alps for “How Do You Do Your Do?” which explores English Lord Ingram Uxton’s hair fetish. In “How Stimulating,” two women in Bohemia experience an unconventional electrical spa service—and discover unexpected love. The standout tales are “The Paddle, Pretty Please?”—which pairs
Review_FICTION English widow Eleanor, who craves punishment, with her secret admirer, Lucas, who longs to administer it—and “Temptress with a Teapot,” about a Berlin housewife whose husband loves to hear of her extramarital sexual exploits. The author packs significant heat and heart into each sensual tale and, though not every piece will be for every reader, there’s something for any erotica fan. The result is sure to titillate. (Oct.) Inspirational The Amish Quiltmaker’s Unconventional Niece Jennifer Beckstrand. Zebra, $8.99 mass market (352p) ISBN 978-1-4201-5203-6 In the fun third entry in Beckstrand’s Amish Quiltmaker series (after The Amish Quiltmaker’s Unruly In-Law), a young Amish woman riles up the Amish community of Byler, Colo., by running for town council. Headstrong Mattie Zook resents her father for making her move from Pennsylvania to Colorado in hopes that her aunt, a quilter, might be a good influence on her. Twin sisters try to set up Mattie with their strong-willed brother, Freeman Sensenig, but Mattie, miserable and suffering from altitude sickness, ends up insulting the community as small and provincial, and he declares Mattie a snob. Meanwhile, the town council passes an ordinance forbidding buggies from main streets, and Mattie decides to break with Amish tradition and run for town council against the anti-Amish councilman behind the ordinance, Bill Isom. Freeman risks punishment from the elders to become Mattie’s campaign manager and the two develop feelings for each other, but their strong personalities repeatedly threaten their chances at love. After Bill’s campaign turns dirty, Mattie struggles to determine God’s plan for her. The lighthearted tone and witty banter amuse, and the entertaining cast of supporting characters—including Freeman’s meddlesome sisters, thuggish Isom, and Englischer Cathy Larsen, who helps organize Mattie’s campaign—add color. Fans of Wanda Brunstetter will want to check this out. (Nov.) Concrete Evidence DiAnn Mills. Tyndale House, $26.99 (384p) ISBN 978-1-4964-5189-7 The exciting latest from Mills (Trace of Doubt) pairs an FBI agent with the granddaughter of a former Texas state senator to get to the bottom of a murder. After Avery Elliott hears a gunshot, she races across her family’s ranch and spies her grandfather, Sen. Quinn Elliott, standing over a corpse while holding a gun. Having learned her faith from her grandfather, Avery reels as she reconsiders her relationship with God. When Avery tries to get answers from Quinn, he demurs and counsels her to confide in FBI Special Agent Marc Wilkins, who has been dealing with the recent death of his father. Marc’s mother believes that his father was murdered, though Marc remains skeptical until he discovers connections between his father and Quinn. As Marc and Avery team up to investigate the deaths, they survive an attempt on their lives and follow clues that point to questionable practices on a dam construction project that could endanger thousands of nearby residents. The confident plotting keeps the mysteries coming, and red herrings will have readers guessing the culprit through to the satisfying conclusion. Fans of Colleen Coble and Susan Sleeman will savor this thrilling standalone. Agent: Janet K. Grant, Books & Such Literary. (Oct.) Dog Days of Summer Kathleen Y’Barbo. Barbour, $14.99 trade paper (256p) ISBN 978-1-63609-394-9 In the lighthearted second entry in the Gone to the Dogs series, Y’Barbo (The Yes Dare) follows Nashville country star Trina Potter as she returns home to Brenham, Tex., for Christmas. Upon arriving, she discovers that a homemade bomb was recently found next door to the pet rescue run by Trina’s niece, Marigold, causing Trina to fear for her family’s safety. Trina reconnects with lawyer Wyatt Chastain, who took her to high school prom and encouraged her to follow her musical aspirations. After the police reveal that the wouldbe bomber might be associated with the rescue organization, Trina and Wyatt team up to find the perpetrator. The investigation brings them into contact with an entertaining cast of characters, including Trina’s producer, Gilbert “Sticks” Styler, who worries Trina will move away from Nashville; realtor Bitsy Decker, who tries to seduce Wyatt; and Trina’s feisty mother, Mama Peach, who has an onagain, off-again relationship with a pastor. The easy chemistry between Trina and Wyatt will please wholesome romance readers, and the whodunit keeps up the momentum. This fun cozy mystery is worth howling about. Agent: Wendy Lawton, Books & Such Literary. (Oct.) The Premonition at Withers Farm Jaime Jo Wright. Bethany House, $16.99 trade paper (384p) ISBN 978-0-7642-3833-8 A woman’s death dredges up memories of a serial killer who stalked Kilbourn, Mich., in the early 20th century in this hair-raising thriller from Wright (The Souls of Lost Lake). In 1910, 24-year-old Perliett Van Hilton joins a murder investigation after the town doctor, George Wasziak, asks her to help clean the body of Eunice Withers, a young woman who was stabbed to death. Then another young woman turns up dead, and after Perliett’s mother—who is a medium— contacts Eunice’s spirit, Perliett becomes convinced that she’s the killer’s next target. In the present day, Molly Wasziak’s husband finds the body of a young woman in a ditch weeks after they move onto the property where the Withers’ farm once stood. Molly is W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 55
Review_FICTION shocked when she discovers her new home’s connection to the unsolved “Cornfield Ripper” murders and fears that a new killer is on the prowl. Hearing mysterious noises and seeing ghosts, Molly is uncertain if her supernatural visions are real or the product of depression that’s plagued her since having multiple miscarriages. Molly and Perliett must protect themselves while reconciling their faith in God with the supernatural events they’ve witnessed. Wright excels at wringing the eeriness out of her premise and elegantly weaving the thoughtful meditations on what happens after death into the fast-paced murder mystery. This will delight Wright’s fans and earn her some new ones. (Oct.) Falling for the Cowgirl Jody Hedlund. Bethany House, $16.99 trade paper (352p) ISBN 978-0-7642-3642-6 The rousing fourth entry in Hedlund’s Colorado Cowboys series (after To Tame a Cowboy) follows a young woman bristling against the constraints of domesticity in 1869 South Park, Colo. Ivy McQuaid plans to become a landowner and rancher, and to that end she disguises herself as a man to earn money as a cowhand competitor. After competing one night, she runs into Jericho Bliss, her crush whom she hasn’t heard from since he helped Ivy’s brother flee town to escape a gambling debt two years earlier. Jericho quickly sees through her disguise but agrees to keep her secret. He struggles to fight his feelings for Ivy because he fears his job as a bounty hunter for the Pinkerton Agency could put her in peril. When Ivy’s brothers figure out her charade and demand she stop, Ivy teams up with a dentist and a barber to look for a treasure that would enable her to buy the land she’s had her eye on. Unexpected dangers arise, and Jericho, believing himself responsible for putting Ivy in harm’s way, skips town and prays for guidance on how to do right by Ivy. The McQuaid family dynamics are believable and the romance between Ivy and Jericho tugs at the heartstrings. This one’s worth rounding up. (Oct.) Comics ★ Giantess JC Deveney and Nuria Tamarit, trans. from the French by Dan Christensen. Magnetic, $29.99 (200p) ISBN 978-1-951719-61-6 Deveney and Tamarit’s English-language debut, a luminously drawn feminist fairy tale, uses its heroine’s journey to explore immersive fantasy settings and probe fundamental questions about society. In a vibrant medieval landscape, a woodcutter finds a giant baby in the woods and adopts her. Celeste grows into a lively, curious 60-foottall redhead who yearns to leave the family farm and see the outside world. When the opportunity for adventure presents itself, she takes off, beginning an extended bildungsroman in which her literally larger-than-life existence challenges one societal norm after another. The giantess is displayed for money by a scheming peddler, romanced by a kindly white knight and a troubled acrobat, imprisoned in a dungeon with other nonconforming women (“Because we’re different, sweetheart!”), educated by a witch, married to a king, and so on. Nuria’s artwork, drenched in merry colors, has a folk-art directness reminiscent of great children’s book illustrators like Tomie dePaola. She draws simple, charming characters in endlessly imaginative settings: a mermaid island, a town in a tree, a stark mountain convent, a sunny seaside village. Along the way, Celeste discovers learning, art, sex, love, and compassion, and gradually forms her own ideas about how people might live. Insightfully scripted and drawn with pages to pore over, this labor of love has an instantclassic feel and deserves to be treasured. (Sept.) 56 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 It Won’t Always Be Like This Malaka Gharib. Ten Speed, $19.99 trade paper (224) ISBN 978-1-984-86029-3 Gharib’s empathetic second graphic memoir, a follow-up to I Was Their American Dream, covers culture clashes, family clashes, and identity mash-ups, set in the late ’90s to the early 2000s. In her tween years, Malaka—who normally lives with her Filipina mother in Los Angeles—spends summers in Egypt with her father and stepmother, Hala. She and Hala, who is initially “more like a big sister,” enjoy each other’s company, but Malaka misses her dad when he works long hours and feels like a third wheel once her stepsiblings are born. She doesn’t speak much Arabic, which makes it hard to bond with the relatives in her extended family. As she finds her American identity in ska music, she resents Hala’s growing religiosity and her father’s notions of what a “young lady” should be. “Dad, I don’t know if you noticed, but I’m into subculture,” Malaka scolds. But as Malaka grows, so too does her grace toward her father and for Hala, who has more going on beneath her abaya than she lets on, as Gharib disrupts and complicates cultural stereotypes. Gharib’s drawings are freehanded and energetic, with brightly detailed marketplaces, beach scenes, and cityscapes, peppered with excerpts from Gharib’s actual adolescent diaries. This work will resonate with any comics memoir fan who felt like a fish out of water growing up, and promises teen crossover appeal. (Sept.) Living & Dying in America: A Daily Chronicle, 2020–2022 Steve Brodner. Fantagraphics, $29.99 (480p) ISBN 978-1-68396-5534 This sobering gallery of death and greed during the global Covid-19 pandemic from Brodner (The Trumpiad) exemplifies and elevates political caricature (this isn’t the funny pages). Between March 2020 and January 2022, Brodner documents people who suffered through the pandemic as well as those who profited from it. Beginning with a nursing manager, Kious Kelly, who died at a hospital where the staff wore garbage bags as makeshift masks, Brodner’s portraits of public servants who sacrificed their lives to help others are expressive and compassionate. At the same time, Brodner heaps scorn on opportunists like former Georgia
Review_FICTION Ari Mulch. Uncivilized, $19.95 trade paper (112p) ISBN 978-1-941250-50-1 In her debut graphic novella, Mulch takes on Mary Shelley’s immortal Frankenstein, giving it a clever queer romance twist by reversing the gender of two of the main characters. The story opens in the early 19th century, with heroine Violet breaking gender norms of the day by studying anatomy in Ingolstadt, Germany. There she meets Aveline, the sister of her classmate Henry. Violet is instantly “smitten” with the buxom, sassy Aveline, noting that “her quick wit and bold personality contrasted with my own contemplative nature.” As they grow closer, Aveline reads Sappho’s poetry aloud to Violet, and shows her an experiment in which she uses electricity to reanimate a dead frog. But their budding romance is shattered when Aveline falls ill and dies. Soon after, Violet unwisely revives Aveline’s corpse, before learning that tampering with life and death can have gruesome, tragic consequences. Mulch’s drawings are not particularly stylish, though her judicious use of bloody hues of red against an otherwise black and white palette is effective, particularly when delineating viscera and other scenes of queasy horror. It’s a bit too brief in narrative as a full book release, but will appeal as a quick and cute-creepy divergence for queer romance readers. (Sept.) PW Talks with Malaka Gharib Growing Up Across Continents Gharib’s graphic memoir It Won’t Always Be Like This (Ten Speed, Sept.; reviewed on p. 56) recalls summers she spent in Egypt, culture clash, and coming of age in a blended family. How did spending summers in the Middle East shape you? You’re going to go through rites of passage no matter where you live: time is passing. I always thought my first date would be with a guy I met in a mall in Orange County. But it was in a souq in Alexandria. My dad assumed that because he was Egyptian, I would automatically understand what it meant to be Egyptian. But being Egyptian American is different than living in Egypt; I also had a Filipina mother. I didn’t know the culture, the phrases—like when someone gives you a compliment, you say Mashallah, and ward off the evil eye. My stepmother was 13 years older than me and didn’t speak English, so I had to dig deep to transcend the usual pop culture references and create commonality. We sang together, we watched the entire OJ trial—it was the only thing on the air—we’d play cards or do each other’s hair. I learned you don’t need language to make a relationship. What was it like to develop yourself as a character? I was really annoying! I was into bands like X and Social Distortion, always wearing Dickies and a studded belt in Cairo. In a way I wanted to be Egyptian, but I also wanted to mark myself as American. I’d go around trying to explain ska references. There’s this sense of American excep- tionalism that my dad instilled in me, though when I lived in the states, I didn’t really consider myself American—in Egypt I leaned into it. But adolescents are malleable; I still wanted to fit in, so I listened to all the coolest Arabic music, too. How does your journalistic work at NPR influence your comics? My stepmother said “Go write whatever you want,” but as a journalist, I wanted her to understand the gravity of being a named character in a public, published book, so I hired my brother to translate every chapter into Arabic. She would give me feedback and fix errors. In responsible journalism, a source should never be surprised. MERCENE The Prometheite [Q&A] ©MARO senator Kelly Loeffler, who profited off several stock sales in the earliest days of the pandemic. He saves his greatest disdain for Donald Trump, depicting him as a twisted, obscene, vain monster (in one perhaps more hopeful panel, Trump is portrayed screaming behind bars). Brodner’s focus varies from individual stories to larger events, but he maintains a relentless march, full of grief and rage at senseless loss of life. There’s a dense and desperate quality to Brodner’s drawings. It’s a difficult collection to read, in response to difficult times to live through. (Sept.) How did you approach the portrayals of your family? I didn’t want to self-tokenize or perpetuate stereotypes. Many people outside of Arab Muslim family life don’t understand it, and I wanted to pull back that curtain. I didn’t know if readers understood that women can take off the hijab inside the family home, or that you could wear the hijab one day and then not the next. As you grow older you see your parents as people, and they continue to grow with you. We struggled and fought, but that time was all we got—it was a time capsule. —Cheryl Klein W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 57
A R T E R R A P I C T U R E L I B R A RY / A L A M Y S TO C K P H OTO Review_NONFICTION Nonfiction ★ Portable Magic: A History of Books and Their Readers “All books are magic. All books have agency and power in the real world,” writes Shakespeare scholar Smith (This Is Shakespeare) in this entertaining history. With a focus on “bookhood,” which includes “the impact of touch, smell, and hearing, on the experience of books,” Smith makes a colorful case that a book’s form contains as much “magic” as its content. In a chapter on how a book becomes a classic, she points to Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring. The paperback of Carson’s environmental manifesto made it available to a wide audience—the 40th-anniversary edition, published in a “handsome” hardcover Library of America volume, confirmed it as a classic designed to last. A section on the popularity of paperbacks details how they were sent to soldiers during wartime, and a chapter on book burnings points out that the act is “powerfully symbolic and practically almost entirely ineffectual,” plus reveals that through the destruction of unsold inventory, publishers themselves are the largest destroyers of books. With wit and verve, Smith concludes that a book becomes a book “in the hands of its readers... a book that is not handled and read is not really a book at all.” Readers should make space on their shelves for this dazzling and provocative study. (Nov.) How Do We Know Ourselves? Curiosities and Marvels of the Human Mind David G. Myers. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, $26 (272p) ISBN 978-0-374-60195-9 In this edifying volume, Myers (Psychology Through the Eyes of Faith), a psychology professor at Hope College, helps readers “think smarter about their lives, and... savor the wonders within and around us.” Adapted largely from Myers’s Talk Pysch blog, these 40 short essays provide “glimpses of psychology’s wisdom” on the self, relationships, and society. Readers of pop psychology will be familiar with much of Myers’s material, which covers such psych 101 topics as hindsight bias, confirmation bias, and inattentional © Emma Smith. Knopf, $28 (352p) ISBN 978-15247-4909-5 Diegeo Rivera’s mural of Totonac culture at the Palacio National in Mexico City, as seen in Erica Hannickel’s vivid study, Orchid Muse: A History of Obsession in Fifteen Flowers (reviewed on p. 63). blindness. Myers’s accessible explanations read as if he’s describing the concepts to a friend over lunch, as when he outlines the availability heuristic, which refers to the tendency to “estimate the commonality of events based on their mental availability,” by noting that more people fear flying than driving despite flying’s superior safety record because of the prominence of stories about airplane crashes in the media. More advanced students of psychology will appreciate the final chapter’s evaluation of psychological theories that have been absorbed into the mainstream, but have since been called into question. Myers’s bite-size treatment of the current state of social psychology research makes for a quick and illuminating overview of the human mind. Novices would do well to pick up this breezy primer. (Nov.) No Filter: The Good, the Bad, and the Beautiful Paulina Porizkova. Open Field, $27 (240p) ISBN 978-0-593-49352-6 Model, actor, and writer Porizkova (A Model Summer) shares her thoughts on beauty culture, the end of her marriage, and honesty online in this solid collection of memoir-driven essays. Much like her social media presence, the writing is simple to a fault but disarmingly honest. Porizkova’s scene setting is consistently vibrant enough to draw readers in, 58 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 though the notes she hits can become repetitive. She describes everything from growing up as a poor Czech refugee in Sweden and her habit of reading palms as a young model in Paris to secretly dating (and later divorcing) Ric Ocasek, lead singer of the Cars. Some of the insights— especially those about social media, the beauty industry, and the fetishization of youth—are sharp, crystallized by more than four decades in the spotlight. One particularly interesting essay, “Nude, Not Naked,” delivers a striking treatise on feeling free vs. feeling exploited while posing nude; here, Porizkova delineates the nuances of choice and power in a nude photo shoot in a way that few others could. Other insights, such as the idea expressed in the essay “Childhood” that women marry men like their fathers and men marry women like their mothers, are more banal. Fans of Porizkova’s work will enjoy this glimpse into her life, but ultimately little sets it apart from other celebrity memoirs in the same lane. Agent: Marly Rusoff, Marly Rusoff Literary Agency. (Nov.) The World Deserves My Children Natasha Leggero. Gallery, $27.99 (230p) ISBN 978-1-982137-07-6 In her irreverent debut, comedian and Chelsea Lately regular Leggero shares musings on motherhood in a series of wise-cracking essays. “I decided to
Review_NONFICTION become a mom when I was in my prime, but the world most certainly was not,” she quips about getting pregnant “no matter how bad” politics and climate change threatened to turn, at age 42 (using eggs frozen when she was 38). No topic is off-limits; Leggero bares all about “geriatric pregnancy,” breastfeeding, parental anxiety, and her conversion to “Jew-by-choice.” She mocks her husband, joking she’d have to be drunk to parent like a father (“Don’t use Dawn on her! She’s a baby not a duck after an oil spill”), and resolutely defends having only one child. Her brand of humor includes crossing-the-line bits like referring to Woody Allen and Soon-Yi’s coupling as “the greatest love story of our time” and recalling that as a tween she “thought abortion was hilarious.” Parents without the luxury of a nanny may also raise eyebrows when yet another celebrity laments lack of leisure time. Still, behind the snark, Leggero conveys tender endearment for her four-year-old daughter. All in all, this will induce grins from stand-up fans who’ve been missing shows because they can’t get a babysitter. Agent: Cait Hoyt & Anthony Mattero, CAA. (Nov.) Is It Hot in Here (or Am I Suffering for All Eternity for the Sins I Committed on Earth)? Zach Zimmerman. Chronicle, $16.95 trade paper (220p) ISBN 978-1-79721-757-4 In his cheeky debut, comedian Zimmerman charts his path from “conservative, Southern Baptist carnivore” to “gay vegetarian atheist” and his life struggles along the way. Raised in a deeply religious family, Zimmerman was taught from a young age that homosexuality was a sin. But at Princeton he found “the place... to explore my identity and passions,” and when a close high school friend died in the Virginia Tech shooting, Zimmerman began questioning his faith. This led to a reckoning with his mother, who quasi-accepted his gay identity while asking “can we not make this the discussion of the weekend?” His blossoming life as a gay, irreligious man in the hipster set of Chicago and New York City leads to the memoir’s more raucous scenes, including a date that goes horribly wrong (the chapter title sums it up: “The Twink on the Fire Escape”). More poignant segments deal with his relationship with an ex, who after years living together breaks up with Zimmerman on the plane during what was supposed to be a romantic trip to Europe. He later experimented with meeting men at the sauna, but ultimately decides he’s looking for something more lasting, even though he can’t be sure if his parents would attend his wedding. The tonal changes can occasionally feel abrupt, but Zimmerman’s good humor makes this slice of modern life a charmer. Agent: Robert Guinsler, Sterling Lord Literistic. (Nov.) The Lost Paratroopers of Normandy: A Story of Resistance, Courage, and Solidarity in a French Village Stephen G. Rabe. Cambridge Univ., $24.95 (264p) ISBN 978-1-00-920637-2 Historian Rabe (Eisenhower and Latin America) documents in this dramatic account the collaboration between American paratroopers and residents of Graignes, Normandy, during the D-Day invasion. More than 150 members of the 82nd and 101st Airborne divisions landed near the French village (35 kilometers away from their assigned drop zone) and were immediately welcomed by locals, who carried out reconnaissance missions, cooked for the soldiers, and salvaged their equipment. Five days after the landings, a recently commissioned Waffen-SS Panzergrenadier division battered its way into Graignes, forcing most of the paratroopers to withdraw. The remaining U.S. soldiers, including a medical doctor and a dozen wounded men, were massacred, along with more than 30 townspeople. Rabe, a son of one of the paratroopers who landed in Graignes, contends that the Waffen-SS, who wore “death skull” insignia and reported to Heinrich Himmler, “made a habit of violating customary laws of war.” He also sketches the history of American airborne warfare and its development as a highly motivated, elite unit operating under charismatic generals. Based on extensive conversations with village families and surviving paratroopers, including Rabe’s own father, this history combines heroism and tragedy in equal measure. WWII buffs will be engrossed. Photos. (Nov.) The Kennedy Withdrawal: Camelot and the American Commitment to Vietnam Marc J. Selverstone. Harvard Univ., $35 (288p) ISBN 978-0-674-04881-2 Selverstone (Constructing the Monolith), head of the Presidential Recordings Program at the University of Virginia’s Miller Center, offers an intriguing deep dive into a topic long debated among scholars of the Vietnam War: had President Kennedy not been assassinated, would he have followed through on his plans to withdraw U.S. troops, or drastically escalated the conflict, as his successor Lyndon Johnson did? Kennedy partisans believe he would have taken America out of the war; Johnson supporters contend that—faced with the military and political situation in South Vietnam in 1964 and 1965—Kennedy would have ratcheted up U.S. involvement. Though Selverstone acknowledges that the answer is “ultimately unknowable,” his thorough analysis of tape recordings from the Kennedy and Johnson White Houses and other historical evidence leads him to conclude that Kennedy and Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara, who had halted withdrawal planning before Kennedy’s death, likely would have taken a similar approach to Johnson’s. Kennedy “never relinquished his interest in brushfire wars, nor did he dampen his rhetoric about their necessity,” Selverstone writes. “He continued to operate from a worldview that embraced the precepts of domino [theory] thinking... and the demonstration of resolve.” Scrupulous and revealing, this is a persuasive answer to one of the Vietnam War’s biggest what-ifs. (Nov.) ★ Polar Exposure: An All-Women’s Expedition to the North Pole Felicity Aston. Imagine, $24.99 (240p) ISBN 978-1-62354-553-6 Polar explorer Aston (Life Lessons) recounts in this vivid account the 2018 Women’s Euro-Arabian North Pole W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 59
Review_NONFICTION Expedition, a trek she did with 10 women from different countries. Aston elaborates on how she selected and trained her team, some of whom had never skied or experienced intense cold before: her goal, she writes, was to “develop a better understanding of the values and perspectives of women from different cultures.” What sets the book apart is the enriching firsthand accounts from the team members interspersed throughout: “I am an introvert,” writes Olga, a mountaineer from Russia, “so the thought of living so closely with ten women from different countries on this expedition made me anxious.” Their accounts cover the life-threatening weather the team faced (“A storm like this can destroy confidence just as it destroys tents,” writes Steph from Cyprus), treacherous turns of fate (“I smiled as I approached the ground, thinking that if this was it, then there would be no problems at all... Ten minutes later my eyelashes were covered in ice and my eyelids had frozen together. I had my first moment of panic,” writes Nataša, a Slovenian journalist), and finally the joy of arriving at the Pole. The result is a page-turning tale of adventure. Photos. (Nov.) Dinner with Joseph Johnson: Books and Friendship in a Revolutionary Age Daisy Hay. Princeton Univ., $39.95 (536p) ISBN 978-0-691-24396-2 In this illuminating account, Hay (Young Romantics), a literature professor at the University of Exeter, sheds light on the far-reaching impact of the dinners hosted by Joseph Johnson at St. Paul’s Churchyard from 1760 to 1809. An influential bookseller, Johnson befriended, hosted, and published many of the era’s defining artists and thinkers, including William Blake, Erasmus Darwin, Joseph Priestley, and Mary Wollstonecraft, as well as painter Henry Fuseli. Hay offers a window into what went on in Johnson’s dining room and outside of it; some of what she covers is well-known, including the Priestley Riots and Priestley’s exile from Britain. But the real value of Hay’s account is in the small, humanizing stories she recounts. For instance, Wollstonecraft, who described Johnson as “a father and brother,” castigated him for interfering in her interest in Fuseli— later, Johnson would be a chief supporter of Wollstonecraft. As Hay points out, Johnson’s main attribute was kindness, and his considerable role in the intellectual development of Britain was the result of “the kinship of friends who catch each other when they fall.” Hay’s is a fascinating take on the intellectual and political development of the time. Fans of literary history will relish this opportunity to pull up a seat at Johnson’s table. (Nov.) The Extraordinary Life of an Ordinary Man: A Memoir Paul Newman. Knopf, $32 (320p) ISBN 978-0593-53450-2 Actor, race car driver, and philanthropist Newman (1925–2008) was a deeply private man living an intensely public life; this posthumous memoir features the Hollywood legend’s own voice as he “sets things straight” and “pokes holes in the mythology” that accompanied his celebrity. Adapted from interviews taped with his friend Stewart Stern before his death, Newman’s story unfolds in a humble, sometimes humorous narrative voice— “I’m aware that in some ways it’s my nature to deprecate everything I do”— punctuated with earnest awe of the turns his life has taken, astonishment at the intensity of his passion for wife Joanne Woodward, affection for his children and anguish that he could not shelter them from the vagaries of fame. Newman’s voice is interwoven with transcripts from friends, relatives, and colleagues (including Eva Marie Saint, Tom Cruise, Elia Kazan, and more) whose memories shed light on what transformed the summer stock actor into an international sex symbol and what curbed his struggles with alcoholism and grief from veering into tragedy. As compiled by editor David Rosenthal, these collective perspectives do more than offer a prismatic view of film industry glamour and dirty laundry: 60 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 they elevate the book from a humble autobiography to a more nuanced, human portrait—with the “semblance of truth” that Newman craved when he went on the record. With equal parts grounded authenticity and inviting charm, this candid memoir captures the life of a legend. (Oct.) The Ransomware Hunting Team: A Band of Misfits’ Improbable Crusade to Save the World from Cybercrime Renee Dudley and Daniel Golden. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, $30 (368p) ISBN 978-0-37460330-4 Journalists Dudley and Golden (Spy Schools) deliver an intriguing profile of volunteer tech experts who work to combat digital extortionists. The story centers on Illinois tech support professional Michael Gillespie, “the most prolific member of the Ransomware Hunting Team, an elite, invitation-only society of about a dozen tech wizards who are devoted to cracking ransomware.” The authors detail how gangs of hackers, many with ties to crime syndicates or hostile foreign governments, target vulnerable computer systems, introduce viruses that encrypt files, then demand payment for a decryption key. The U.S. government’s response has been hampered, Dudley and Golden explain, by the rigid culture of the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security, where cooperation with outsiders is discouraged and cybercrime experts are often denigrated as the “Geek Squad.” However, in the aftermath of high-profile ransomware attacks such as the May 2021 Colonial Pipeline incident, which paralyzed fuel distribution on the East Coast, the government has coordinated more closely with recognized experts like Gillespie. Dudley and Golden render their subjects—some of whom endured poverty and bullying in their teens—with warmth and admiration while acknowledging that competition between hacker gangs and ransomware hunters has helped spur more sophisticated viruses and bigger paydays. Readers will put down this engrossing underdog story just long enough to back up their own files. (Oct.)
Review_NONFICTION Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump [Q&A] Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian. Morrow, $35 (704p) ISBN 978-0-06-304079-3 PW Talks with Felicity Aston Journalists Bade and Demirjian deliver a searing analysis of the “political calculations” made by Democrats and Republicans that led to Donald Trump’s acquittal in two separate impeachment trials. Suggesting that the results were not as “preordained” as many believed, given Republicans’ control of the Senate in 2019, the authors document internal disagreements among Democrats over the issuing and enforcement of subpoenas, the need for “high-profile” eyewitness testimony, the degree of due process to be afforded Trump, and whether it was better to expedite the proceedings or present the fullest case possible. Bolstering the authors’ case that “Trump escaped accountability not simply because his own party wouldn’t stand up to him, but because the opposing party was also afraid to flex the full force of its constitutional muscle to check him,” Bade and Demirjian reveal that Republican congresswoman Jaime Herrera Beutler’s expressed interest in testifying against Trump in the second impeachment trial wasn’t immediately shared with Democratic manager Jamie Raskin. Throughout, the authors offer fly-on-the-wall accounts of Republican and Democratic strategy sessions and new details about Trump’s pressure campaign on Ukraine, the January 6 Capitol riot, and other events. Though some of the political and legal headwinds faced by Democrats get short shrift, this is a thorough and often riveting account of why the efforts to impeach Trump failed. (Oct.) On Thin Ice The Persuaders: At the Front Lines of the Fight for Hearts, Minds, and Democracy Anand Giridharadas. Knopf, $30 (352p) ISBN 978-0-593-31899-7 Leftists’ efforts to persuade opponents instead of writing them off are probed in this searching study of progressive discourse. Journalist Giridharadas (Winner Take All) interviews progressive leaders who seek to maintain their principles while appealing to the unconverted without denouncing them as bigots or In Polar Exposure: An All-Women’s Expedition to the North Pole (Imagine, Nov.; reviewed on p. 60), Aston recounts the arctic trek she led in 2018. Was there ever a point when the mission seemed doomed? It was before we ever got on the ice. We were in Longyearbyen, a Norwegian settlement on the island Spitsbergen, to get the plane out to the ice. There was delay after delay. At one point, we were told the expedition was canceled. We ended up waiting two weeks—that’s a long time. All of our insecurities and anxieties started to really surface. But once we got out on the ice, things were okay. On the ice, you focus, and the world shrinks down to basics needs and survival. Besides reaching the North Pole, what were the other goals of the expedition? We had an ambitious science program EURO-ARABIAN EXPEDITION and were gathering data on physiological stress and psychological impacts in extreme environments. There’s no data for that on women. It’s all from Caucasian males. We were completely wired up—monitors on our wrists, around our middles, on the back of our arms. We had to give saliva samples at different times of the day and do tasks—for example, filming ourselves counting backward—to test our mental awareness. © The book contains the perspectives of the women on the expedition, with you providing the narrative glue. How did you get the idea for that? The expedition was a collective from the start. I was their leader, but I wouldn’t be writing the story for them. During the trip, some of the women kept video diaries, and others made notes or left voicemails to help them remember. It took endless hours of going through all the narratives and picking out the vital bits and shaping them into a chronology that worked. I wrote my own narrative, and I added the necessary background, the notso-thrilling parts—the details I thrive on! Your career has gone full circle, from climate scientist to explorer and back to science. What has that been like? It’s been a progression. I started spending time in the arctic circle and was asked to take samples of sea ice. It was really striking how little data we have. I was aware as a scientist that the computer models are only as good as the data we put in. But from the expedition side, I know how hard it is to get the samples. Since our 2018 expedition, there have not been any others to North Pole, because of Covid, but also because the risks now are so great. No country wants to be responsible for sending out a team when things can easily go so wrong. The ice is getting less stable, and the window of opportunity smaller. —Suzanne Shablovsky W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 61
Review_NONFICTION ★ Raising Them Right: The Untold Story of America’s Ultraconservative Youth Movement—and Its Plot for Power Kyle Spencer. Ecco, $29.99 (368p) ISBN 978-0-06-304136-3 J ournalist Spencer (the memoir She’s Gone Country) draws a captivating and alarming portrait of the activists and donors spreading right-wing ideology to young voters. Tracking the rise of Turning Point USA founder Charlie Kirk, talk show host Candace Owens, and libertarian organizer Cliff Maloney, Spencer intersperses accounts of her subjects’ political awakenings with vignettes of training conferences, activist gatherings, and campus dustups. Kirk, a precocious political misfit from a diversifying Chicago suburb, decided to forego college on the advice of a 71-year-old Tea Party activist and spent his senior summer fundraising across the Midwest. Maloney, a theater kid from a hardscrabble Philadelphia suburb, surveyed the down-and-out patrons of the seedy pool hall he managed and concluded that government dependency was the problem. Owens, who spent her childhood in a “cramped, cockroach-infested” Stamford housing development, chafed at her elevation to local cause célèbre when she reported receiving “a series of disturbing and searingly racist voice mails” to her high school teacher. Behind these and other activists is a network of donors who spend “hundreds of millions of dollars annually” on indoctrinating young conservatives, putting Republicans “ten steps ahead” of Democrats in youth outreach, according to Spencer. Marked by its impressive access and vivid prose, this superb political investigation offers a stark warning for the left. Agent: Larry Weissman, Larry Weissman Literary. (Oct.) alienating them with politically correct dogma. Profile subjects include Palestinian American activist Linda Sarsour, reproductive justice crusader Loretta Ross, and Black Lives Matter cofounder Alicia Garza, who deplore the left’s habit of ostracizing those who misunderstand details of progressive orthodoxy and extol outreach to moderates. Giridharadas also talks to anti-racism trainers in Ohio; a cognitive scientist who catalogues trickery in right-wing disinformation; and Arizona “deep canvassers” who suss out and influence attitudes toward migrants during 30-minute porch conversations. It’s illuminating to watch activists grapple honestly with the left’s internal divisions and rhetorical shortcomings, but the focus is on subtler manipulations, not open-minded dialogue with opponents. (“Make them think of a pain point in their life—that expensive diabetes treatment—and tell them how giving the federal government supervision of elections and cracking down on gerrymandering and allowing mail-in-voting would empower them to solve their problems,” suggests one messaging consultant.) Still, for those committed to the progressive agenda, this is an incisive guide to the art of persuasion. (Oct.) Homecoming: The Path to Prosperity in a Post-global World Rana Foroohar. Crown, $28.99 (400p) ISBN 978-0-593-24053-3 Globalization has yielded supply shortages, hostile superpowers, the hoarding of essential commodities, and the collapse of small businesses under the weight of massive retail chains, according to this ardent call for change. Arguing that the benefits of globalization have accrued at the “very top” and the “very bottom” of 62 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 the marketplace, Financial Times columnist Foroohar (Don’t Be Evil) advocates for a slew of policies designed to promote and protect local interests in agriculture, manufacturing, housing, and finance. Debunking the myth that globalization produces free societies, Foroohar details how China and other countries have used free trade in self-serving ways, undermining their trading partners and destabilizing global politics. Throughout, Foroohar offers fascinating glimpses into the future, describing, among other innovations, farms grown in shipping containers, sustainable homes fashioned by 3-D printers, and affordable education programs that provide career paths for students and needed skill sets for regional businesses. Though the obstacles to untangling global interdependencies on oil, grain, and other resources are somewhat underdeveloped, Foroohar lucidly explains complex financial and political matters and draws sharp profiles of imaginative labor organizers, business leaders, and policymakers. This astute survey provides a welcome measure of hope. (Oct.) Uniting America: How FDR and Henry Stimson Brought Democrats and Republicans Together to Win World War II Peter Shinkle. St. Martin’s, $29.99 (448p) ISBN 978-1-250-76252-8 Democratic president Franklin Roosevelt and Republican secretary of war Henry Stimson formed the “most important bipartisan political alliance in American history,” according to this meticulous study. Journalist Shinkle (Ike’s Mystery Man) contends that Stimson, a “sharp-tongued, free-thinking Republican” who had previously served in the cabinets of Republican presidents William Howard Taft and Herbert Hoover and was critical of FDR’s New Deal policies, made a successful partner for Roosevelt as he sought his third term in 1940 not in spite of their political differences, but because of them. Stimson helped garner bipartisan support for such controversial measures as the 1941 Lend-Lease Act and served as an effective back channel to FDR’s Republican foes. At a time when many Americans were reluctant to enter WWII, Stimson’s aggressive stance on confronting fascism in Europe and Asia allowed “FDR to remain
Review_NONFICTION close to the center of the national debate,” according to Shinkle, who acknowledges that for all their foreign policy successes, the two failed to effectively contend with racial matters, including the wave of antiBlack violence that swept the country in 1943 in response to desegregation efforts. Stuffed with detail yet fluidly written, this is an expert study of wartime politics and the value of bipartisanship. (Oct.) ★ Lapidarium: The Secret Lives of Stones Hettie Judah. Penguin, $22 (336p) ISBN 978-0143137-41-2 Judah (Frida Kahlo), senior art critic at the British newspaper The I, delivers a beautifully illustrated collection of insightful essays that “explore how human culture has formed stone, and the roles stone has played in forming human culture.” Judah digs into 60 types, describing, for example, how people in ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia turned alunite into alum, a compound used for tanning and textile production: “You could make a fortune from rock and old urine. You just needed the right rock. And the right recipe.” Marble offers a look at “the Roman Empire in its pomp” as well as its decline, and diamonds are shrouded in tall tales: “As long as gemstones have been associated with magic, silver-tongued storytellers have attributed powers for both good and ill,” Judah writes. Pink ancaster, a form of limestone, is the material used in Barbara Hepworth’s 1934 sculpture Mother and Child, and haüyne, a rare mineral, “occurs in a zippy blue that declares modernity.” Judah elegantly mixes archaeology, mythology, literature, and philosophy, building a solid case that “so much of what we think of as culture—our modes and places of worship, the tools we use, the materials in which we adorn ourselves, the stories we spin, our graven images— is formed by geology.” This clever outing fascinates. (Oct.) Orchid Muse: A History of Obsession in Fifteen Flowers Erica Hannickel. Norton, $35 (320p) ISBN 9780-393867-28-2 Hannickel (Empire of Vines: Wine Culture in America), a professor of environmental history at Northland College, offers a vibrant survey of orchids through history. To show how the flowers “provide insight into human history,” she tours a wealth of figures who have taken a liking to them. Empress Eugenie packed the Tuileries’ greenhouses with orchids; Frida Kahlo painted a “giant lavender cattleya”; Charles Roebling, who designed the Brooklyn Bridge, “had one of the finest orchid collections in the United States”; and Raymond Burr “took solace” in them. Darwin, meanwhile, whose grandfather was an avid gardener, followed On the Origin of Species with a treatise titled The Various Contrivances by Which Orchids Are Fertilised by Insects, further developing his theory of evolution, and historian John Hope Franklin cultivated 900 species of orchids over three decades and built a greenhouse on the roof of his Chicago home. Hannickel’s comprehensive, fascinating history is leavened with plenty of amusing tidbits—readers will learn, for instance, that Burr named the hybrids he experimented on after his costars, including Florence Henderson and Molly Picon. Fans of Rebecca Solnit’s Orwell’s Roses should give this a look. Photos. (Oct.) The Wolf Age: The Vikings, the Anglo-Saxons, and the Battle for the North Sea Empire Tore Skeie, trans. from the Norwegian by Alison McCullough. Pushkin, $19.95 trade paper (384p) ISBN 978-1-78227-835-1 Medieval historian Skeie makes his English-language debut with a gripping, detailed account of the 11th-century struggle for dominion over a North Sea empire stretching from England in the west to Denmark and Norway in the east. Drawing on Scandinavian histories, Icelandic sagas, skaldic poetry, and archaeological discoveries, Skeie breathes new life into the epic conflict between Anglo-Saxon king Æthelred, Danish ruler Cnut the Great, and Norwegian king Olaf Haraldsson for supremacy in Northern Europe. Beginning in the late 10th century, Skeie details how sporadic Viking raids on England shifted to invasion and conquest as Æthelred’s power and influence collapsed under the combined might of Cnut’s Danes and his Norwegian allies. In 1016, Cnut became king of England, and soon thereafter inherited the throne of Denmark. Through military and political manipulation, he eventually established his authority in Norway as well, completing his conquest of the North Sea empire. Meticulously researched, Skeie’s account of ruthless conflict, political intrigue, and diplomatic machinations reads like a real-life Game of Thrones—without the dragons. Medieval history buffs will be riveted. Illus. (Oct.) Stuff They Don’t Want You to Know Ben Bowlin, with Matt Frederick and Noel Brown. Flatiron, $29.99 (240p) ISBN 978-1250-26856-3 Bowlin, Frederick, and Brown expand on their podcast of the same name in this eye-opening and entertaining look at the roots of American conspiracy theories. Throughout, the authors alternate between exposing U.S. government actions that provide the seeds for conspiracy theories and debunking those theories. Ranging from biological warfare to CIA-engineered coups and assassinations and UFO sightings, the authors showcase an alarming lack of transparency and deliberate misrepresentations by government agencies. For example, they trace the roots of the popular chemtrail conspiracy theory, which posits that airplane vapor trails are evidence of the government dispersing chemicals for “nefarious purposes,” to a 1990s military paper on manipulating the weather “as a way to alter or control a battlespace” and 1950s tests in which the Army Chemical Corps sprayed the chemical compound ZnCdS over “enormous swaths” of the country to simulate a biological or chemical weapons attack. Elsewhere, the authors link the infamous Tuskegee experiment, in which poor Black sharecroppers were unwittingly enrolled in a government syphilis study yet received no treatment for the disease, to Covid-19 vaccine hesitancy among African Americans. Though many of the examples—including LBJ’s disseminations during the Gulf of Tonkin incident—are well-known, the authors amass a wealth of detail and lucidly W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 63
Review_NONFICTION separate fact from fiction. This is a valuable resource for understanding how conspiracy thinking gained its current grip on American politics and culture. (Oct.) ★ Con/Artist: The Life and Crimes of the World’s Greatest Art Forger Tony Tetro and Giampiero Ambrosi. Hachette, $29 (288p) ISBN 978-0-306-82648-1 Everything I Never Dreamed: My Life Surviving and Standing Up to Domestic Violence Ruth M. Glenn. Atria, $28 (288p) ISBN 978-1982196-00-4 In her harrowing tale of surviving domestic violence, debut author Glenn details the story of her abuse—and her rebirth, including going on to helm a major national nonprofit addressing domestic violence. After growing up in an abusive family that included sexual abuse by a stepfather, Glenn endured beatings and verbal abuse at the hands of her husband, Cedric, the father of her son David, whom she gave birth to at 16. For the next 13 years, Cedric’s behavior escalates, until he abducts Glenn at gunpoint and threatens to kill them both, subsequently shooting her twice in the head (he later died by suicide). The author turned the experience into action, ultimately rising to become the president and chief executive officer of the National Coalition Against Domestic Violence. Glenn ably delves into the damaging psychological effects prolonged abuse can have, and what the reality of the situation is for many women: she cites one nationwide study that found that about half of the victims of domestic violence surveyed listed not having enough money or resources as the most significant barrier to leaving their abuser. She also examines the various risk factors that create abusive men, galvanizes readers and their allies to action by offering possible escape routes, and stresses the need for an increase in funding for emergency shelters. This is a raw, honest, and hopeful account. (Oct.) ★ Martha Graham: When Dance Became Modern Neil Baldwin. Knopf, $40 (576p) ISBN 978-0385-35233-8 Biographer Baldwin (Edison: Inventing the Century) reveals how the visionary Martha Graham (1894–1991) revolutionized dance and choreography, making them modern and free in this mesmerizing portrait. Born in Pittsburgh, Pa., Graham learned early on that “movement never T etro, one of the most prolific art forgers of the 20th century, paints his own life story with flair in this cinematic memoir. Coming of age in Fulton, N.Y., during the 1960s, Tetro started by freehand drawing from examples in his mother’s photo magazines, and over time taught himself techniques from art books. As a teen dad (his girlfriend got pregnant when he was only 16), he’d stay up late making elaborate copies of the greats—Rembrandt, Renoir, Picasso. When his young family relocated to Southern California, he took lowpaying jobs but also discovered museums. He dabbled in forgeries offered at auction in the early ’70s, selling a faked Chagall sketch to a local art gallery. Chasing clients and commissions, he learned to print serigraphs and developed methods to create provenance or realistic history to the paintings (for example, smudging cigarette ash on the back of a faux Dalí). What followed were fancy cars, lavish parties, and traveling the world. But soon, the law would catch up to him and his art forgery empire crumbled. Written in a colorful, conversational voice and blending memoir, art history, and true crime, Tetro’s account takes readers on a turbulent, fast-paced, high-stakes roller-coaster ride. This is the art world’s The Wolf of Wall Street. Agent: Jeff Klein- man, Folio Literary Management. (Nov.) lies.” The shy bookworm began to blossom once she arrived in exotic Santa Barbara. Inspired after attending a recital by the passionate diva Ruth St. Denis, Graham “knew at that moment I was going to be a dancer.” Studying first at the Cumnock School of Expression in Los Angeles, she trained under St. Denis and the innovative Ted Shawn, “coming to life” under his tutelage, and realizing “a dance must dominate me, completely, until I lose sense of anything else.” Influenced by contemporaries like Isadora Duncan, Michio- It, Wassily Kandinsky, and Rouben Mamoulian, Graham learned to “do things in a new way,” emphasizing movement out of stillness and believing that “any great art is the condensation of a strong feeling.” The trailblazing Graham seemingly sculpted modern dance out of thin air, creating indelible works like Heretic, Lamentation, and Primitive Mysteries, always looking to the future. Provocative and passionate as the dynamo herself, this richly detailed and insightful pageturner will delight dance aficionados. (Oct.) 64 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 The Essential Dick Gregory Edited by Christian Gregory. Amistad, $27.99 (320p) ISBN 978-0-06-287920-2 The work of comedian and activist Dick Gregory (No More Lies) comes together in this standout anthology gathered by his son. The book is divided into three chronological sections, “The Body,” “The Mind,” and “The Spirit,” each representing a different phase of Gregory’s life. The first part features his reflections on his impoverished childhood in segregated St. Louis, when he found in comedy a way to turn the tables on bullies who teased him for being on “relief.” Early brushes with activism saw him participate in a high school walkout to protest overcrowded conditions and the omission of his name from the athletics section of the yearbook because “they don’t list the Negro track meet.” Gregory also recalls learning comedy tricks from legends Nipsey Russell and Sammy Davis Jr. and preparing a response to being called a racial slur by a white audience member: “My contract reads that every time I hear that word, I get $50 more a night.” Elsewhere, Gregory (1932–2017) covers racial
Review_NONFICTION discrimination in the performing arts, birth control, his visit to Iran during the 1979 hostage crisis, and vegetarianism. Sharp, funny, and often inspiring, this is a must-read for Gregory’s fans, and a perfect entry point for the uninitiated. (Oct.) Thot Chanté Reid. Sarabande, $17.95 trade paper (88p) ISBN 978-1-95604-611-3 Reid mixes memoir, poetry, and close reading in her innovative debut. She opens with a startling account of her neighbor’s murder at the hands of police, which takes place as she drafts a college paper on Toni Morrison’s novel Beloved. Reid moves through scenes of violence, love, and longing, most of which are narrated in verse or dialogue between her and various figures. Along the way, Reid weaves in stories from Greek mythology (“We were talking about Narcissus because she was calling me narcissistic and so I wanted to like respond and explain the math of that”), commentary on American politics (“Americans don’t know anything outside of America”), and reflections on how Morrison’s work has informed her life (“Beloved has shown me, I’m not an/ argument/ conclusion-type; however, I still check my body/ mother/ neighborhood for bullet wounds”). Photos of Reid’s personal copy of Morrison’s novel punctuate the book-length essay. Both poetic and blunt, Reid covers the stark contrast as well as the connections between her life as a reader and student of literature, and the harsh realities of American life—it makes for an illuminating record of a mind fascinated by literature in a world of violence. This original essay marks Reid as a writer to watch. (Oct.) Sister Novelists: The Trailblazing Porter Sisters, Who Paved the Way for Austen and the Brontës Devoney Looser. Bloomsbury, $30 (576p) ISBN 978-1-63557-529-3 Critic Looser (The Making of Jane Austen) covers in this mostly solid survey the life and work of two “forgotten” literary sisters, Jane Porter (1776–1850) and Anna Maria Porter (1780–1832). Jane Austen’s contemporaries, the two were bestselling authors in their time, publishing 30 books between them. Looser positions them as pioneers of the historical novel (a genre usually said to be created by Walter Scott), shows them freely mixing in London’s artistic and theatrical circles, and describes how later, burdened by their brothers’ debts, Jane, Anna Maria, and their mother lived in increasing poverty. History hasn’t been kind to the sisters, Looser writes: “As the nineteenth century turned to the twentieth, and the fame of Jane Austen and the Brontë sisters grew, Jane and Maria Porter’s names gradually faded out of literary histories.” The author draws on their voluminous correspondence, which she calls perhaps “their greatest masterpiece,” and offers plenty of insights into late-18th- and 19th-century social history. Though she’s a strong writer, Looser can sometimes get caught up in the details, slowing the pace. Even so, fans of the era’s literature will appreciate the light Looser shines on these lesser-known figures. Agent: Stacey Glick; Dystel, Goderich & Bourret. (Oct.) Scenes of Subjection: Terror, Slavery, and Self-Making in Nineteenth-Century America Saidiya Hartman. Norton, $20 trade paper (432p) ISBN 978-1-324-02158-2 MacArthur fellow Hartman (Wayward Lives, Beautiful Experiments) probes in this innovative critical study, which has been revised and expanded from its original 1997 edition, why emancipation failed to translate into freedom and equality for Black Americans. Provocatively arguing that American liberalism itself, not the absence or denial of it, prevented African Americans from becoming full-fledged citizens, Hartman examines how “the recognition of the slave’s humanity and status as a subject extended and intensified servitude and dispossession rather than conferring some small measure of rights and protection.” Dissecting various “scenes of subjection” common to 19th-century culture, including parades of coffled slaves and minstrel shows, Hartman identifies the forces that made it impossible for people once defined as property to be immediately recognized as human beings. Instead, white supremacist culture rendered Black persons “socially dead” in all but the rarest instances, Hartman argues. Though her writing is impassioned and even lyrical at times, the book’s theoretical discussions will be challenging for nonacademic readers. Still, this is a powerful and thought-provoking examination of slavery’s far-reaching legacy. (Oct.) ★ Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away Annie Duke. Portfolio, $28 (336p) ISBN 978-0593-42299-1 Duke follows up How to Decide with a fascinating look at the power of walking away from strategies and plans that aren’t working. There’s a pervasive cultural narrative that proposes a false dichotomy of “grit vs. quit,” she argues, but that oversimplified framing serves no one: “While grit can get you to stick to hard things that are worthwhile,” it can also mean staying with something when it’s time to stop. Duke breaks down why people get so hidebound, explaining how the “escalation of commitment” can lead people to double down when they’re losing. Finding the resolve to walk away from a project that overlaps with one’s identity is especially hard, she notes, as people often fear they’ll be judged “as being wrong, irrational, capricious, and prone to mistakes” if they abandon a goal or belief. She offers examples of people who were right to drop the rope when they did, including Olympic skier Lindsey Vonn, who recognized the risk continuing to compete posed to her health, and Stewart Butterfield, who walked away from developing the game Glitch to create Slack. Duke reassures readers that there’s nothing shameful about quitting: “Contrary to popular belief, winners quit a lot. That’s how they win.” This no-nonsense survey packs a punch. (Oct.) How Am I Doing? 40 Conversations to Have with Yourself Corey Yeager. Harper Celebrate, $22.99 (208p) ISBN 978-1-4002-3676-3 This excellent debut from Yeager, psychotherapist for the Detroit Pistons, offers straightforward yet insightful advice on how readers can “cultivate a better sense of awareness” of their needs and desires. The author uses anecdotes from his career to explore 40 questions (“Who is the most important person in your life?” “What is your essence?”) aimed at illuminating one’s unconscious W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 65
Review_NONFICTION feelings and motivations. Noting that some Pistons players had wrongly assumed that “success, fame, [and] fortune” would bring fulfillment, Yeager encourages readers to ask themselves “What makes you deeply happy?” to ensure they’re pursuing their own goals rather than “what society tells us will make us happy.” The author asks “Are you coachable?” and recounts how his openness to feedback and criticism as a student and college football player helped him succeed in both arenas. Exercises offer pragmatic guidance on how readers can better understand themselves, such as when Yeager recommends keeping a record of one’s self-talk to gain clarity on the question “Do you have an encouraging inner voice?” Yeager’s prose is lean and direct, and the thoughtful reflection prompts that end each chapter provide a bounty of useful strategies for putting the principles into practice. The result is a perceptive guide for getting in touch with oneself. (Oct.) The Flow: Rivers, Water and Wildness Amy-Jane Beer. Bloomsbury Wildlife, $28 (400p) ISBN 978-1-4729-7739-7 “We come from water, and water runs through us. It carries our chemistry and our stories,” writes biologist Beer (Cool Nature) in this lyrical, moving survey. She opens with a tragedy: in 2012, Beer’s close friend died in a kayaking accident on the River Rawthey in North West England. In the wake of that loss, Beer began to study water in its many forms, from rivers of gas in the sky to glaciers that “groan and boom and spew rivers from their nostrils.” With a poet’s gift for description, Beer makes her global travels vivid. She lovingly details an encounter with a beaver in the wild and covers their reintroduction after extinction in the area, all in service of a broader look at the history of humanity’s “tinkering with” water flow, which goes back for millennia. Beer also considers chemistry (“The willingness of these copious ingredients to combine makes water very abundant stuff”), climate change, and the depiction of unusual water phenomena in literature (Arthur Conan Doyle wrote about the haunting sound of water moving in The Hound of the Baskervilles). She’s got an ability to make even a small moment resonate, such as her child’s serendipitous discovery of a carnivorous sundew plant, with sharp prose and quick pacing. The result is an aquatic tour de force. (Oct.) Investing in the Era of Climate Change Bruce Usher. Columbia Business School, $27.95 (304p) ISBN 978-0-231-20088-2 Usher (Renewable Energy), a Columbia Business School professor, breaks down the implications of the climate crisis for investors in this urgent call for action. Noting that scientists are pushing for the reduction of emissions from greenhouse gases to zero “ideally by 2050 and no later than 2070,” Usher cites data suggesting the cost of doing so will be $125 trillion. Investing in climate change solutions will therefore be key, he writes. To help readers do so, he explores four trends “influencing the flow of capital,” including physical risks (such as rising seas, drought, and other severe weather), technological innovations (primarily low-carbon ones), evolving social norms (young consumers are interested in sustainable businesses), and government action (namely, voters pushing for regulations). As well, Usher lays out how to “redeploy capital” through divestment, or “refusing to invest in fossil fuel companies”; describes “impact first” investing, or being “willing to accept a below-market financial return in exchange for greater impact”; and takes a look at the cost and history of renewable energy, electric vehicles, and carbon removal. Though his tone at times veers toward the academic, he’s always hopeful: “the window has not yet closed for avoiding catastrophic climate change.” Investors looking to do well by doing good will find this a valuable resource. (Oct.) Religion/Spirituality ★ Christianity’s American Fate: How Religion Became More Conservative and Society More Secular David A. Hollinger. Princeton Univ., $29.95 (208p) ISBN 978-0-691-23388-8 This cogent and comprehensive chronicle by historian Hollinger (Protestants Abroad) 66 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 outlines how Protestant America’s “twoparty system” came to be. Divided between progressive, cosmopolitan “ecumenicals” on the one hand and conservative evangelicals on the other, this system, Hollinger contends, has shaped U.S. politics for centuries, and the “destiny of the United States as a whole remains significantly determined by individuals and groups who claim the authority to speak for Christianity.” The author details how “Protestant cultural hegemony” formed in the country’s earliest years and was disrupted in the 20th century by the assimilation of Jewish immigrants and the dissent of Protestant missionaries critical of Protestantism’s “religious parochialism.” The 1960s saw the split between ecumenicals and evangelicals grow as the latter resisted calls to engage in the civil rights movement while the former agitated for racial justice. Hollinger describes the decline of ecumenical churches, which lost a third of their congregants amid growing secularization by the 21st century, leaving evangelicals with a larger relative share of “Christianity’s hollowed-out remnant.” The history is thorough and often surprising, demonstrating how contemporary political fissures have been shaped by internecine conflicts within Protestantism. This is superlative religious history. (Oct.) You Are My Sunshine: A Story of Love, Promises, and a Really Long Bike Ride Sean Dietrich. Zondervan, $26.99 (256p) ISBN 978-0-310-35578-6 Sean of the South podcaster Dietrich (Will the Circle Be Unbroken?) recounts cycling the Great Allegheny Passage and the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal towpath with his wife, Jamie, in this humorous memoir. While Jamie waited to find out if she had cancer, Dietrich promised her (and God) they would one day do “something big.” After the results came back negative, she coaxed him into taking on a cycling odyssey, though they were “more
Review_NONFICTION Krispy Kreme enthusiasts” than “outdoorsy people.” The author chronicles their escapades across four states and shares amusing anecdotes that include bruised butts, an encounter with aggressive turkeys, and getting caught in Hurricane Sally. Dietrich claims that “compared to other bikers, it had taken Jamie and me longer to finish the trail than it takes most people to finish a PhD,” but he keeps his winning sense of humor throughout. The author’s obvious affection for his wife endears: he recounts how she secretly submitted his first article to be published, and credits her for saving his life: “Before her, I was a suicide survivor, a dropout... with a considerably dim future.” The zany escapades entertain, but it’s the life-affirming reflections and conversations that set this apart, such as when Dietrich discusses the afterlife with a priest he meets along the trail. This inspiring volume will melt hearts. (Oct.) Bringing Up Kids When Church Lets You Down: A Guide for Parents Questioning Their Faith Bekah McNeel. Eerdmans, $26.99 (266p) ISBN 978-0-8028-8209-7 “Is the Christianity I grew up with something I want to give my children?” asks journalist McNeel in her searching debut. She details how her ambivalence about her conservative evangelical upbringing has impacted her parenting and how other parents might approach sharing Christianity with their children as they interrogate their own faith. She addresses the complexities of teaching children how to interpret the Bible and talk with them about hell and sex, noting that purity culture’s emphasis on deterrence often doesn’t work and that maintaining a nonjudgmental disposition will make kids more likely to feel comfortable asking about sex. Recounting Sunday school races to find Bible passages before her peers, the author critiques competitive approaches to scriptural study and writes that she encourages her children to listen for God in their conscience, nature, and friends, in addition to the Bible. McNeel’s wry wit entertains (one chapter is titled “How to Lose the Faith and Keep It Off”), and she excels at biting social commentary and psychological insight, such as when she posits that punishing sins often doesn’t work because “trouble outside signals hurt inside, not corruption.” This has plenty of wisdom for Christian parents wrestling with their faith. (Oct.) ONLINE ONLY www.publishersweekly.com FICTION ★ Baffling Year One, edited by dave ring, Craig The Sacred Web Tarot Guidebook L. Gidney, and Gabriella Etoniru. Neon Hemlock, ISBN 978-1-952086-52-6, Aug. Jannie Bui Brown, illus. by James Brown IV. HarperOne, $39.99 (256p) ISBN 978-0-06320555-0 A Detective’s Complaint Shimon Adaf, trans. from the Hebrew by Yardenne Greenspan. Picador, ISBN 978-0-374-13965-0, Aug. Yoga teacher Jannie and her son James Brown debut with a sensitive update to tarot. Jannie posits that “tarot can be utilized as a tool for growth,” and to that end she and James detail an original tarot deck, “Sacred Web Tarot,” and use it to imagine a “world without separation, where everyone and everything is a silken thread in the great weaving of the Cosmos.” Aiming to “honor all beings and remove any bias,” James largely omits human figures from his ethereal designs, replacing, for example, the angel on the judgment card with a hummingbird and renaming it the “awakening” card. Card descriptions highlight cosmic interconnectedness, such as the lovers card’s representation of the “connection of one being to all beings.” Jannie emphasizes how readers can use the cards to nurture personal development and improve one’s environment, positing that the bind card denotes freeing oneself from the “chains that have bound you” and the justice card calls readers to “create more equity in your world.” She outlines 11 spreads, but James’s images stray so far from the standard tarot that even experienced readers will need to work with the text when deciphering the cards’ meanings. However, the originality makes this volume refreshing and offers a thoughtful overhaul sure to intrigue tarot practitioners looking for a new take. A willingness to buck tradition sets this apart. (Oct.) Reading the Stars: Astrology for Book Lovers Book Riot. Abrams Image, $19.99 (160p) ISBN 978-1-4197-5887-4 Literary website Book Riot (Lit Stitch) serves up an irresistibly amusing look at how booklovers can “better understand... how your zodiac sign shapes your reading life.” This covers the basics of astrology— including sun signs, moon signs, and the zodiac circle of life—and pairs descriptions of each sign with reading Jollof Rice and Other Revolutions Omolola Ijeoma Ogunyemi. Amistad, ISBN 978-0-06311704-4, Sept. NONFICTION Daily Creative: A Practical Guide for Staying Prolific, Brilliant, and Healthy Todd Henry. Simple Truths, ISBN 978-1-72825-664-1, Sept. Fifty Forgotten Books R.B. Russell. And Other Stories, ISBN 978-1-913505-50-9, Sept. Five Floors Up: The Heroic Family Story of Four Generations in the FDNY Brian McDonald. Grand Central, ISBN 978-1-5387-5320-0, Sept. Nine Quarters of Jerusalem: A New Biography of the Old City Matthew Teller. Other Press, ISBN 978-1-63542-334-1, Sept. ★ The Third Reconstruction: America’s Struggle for Racial Justice in the 21st Century Peniel E. Joseph. Basic, ISBN 978-15416-0074-4, Sept. recommendations based on that sign’s sensibilities. Because Libras prioritize “balance and fairness,” they like to read a variety of genres and might want to check out self-care books because they “tend to put others before themselves.” Emotionally intelligent Pisces, on the other hand, are often romance and “vulnerable memoir” readers whose literary soulmate is the Libra because “they can bond over their love of feel-good books.” The reading recommendations provide several titles based on each sign’s literary taste, as when it’s suggested that Aries read Dead Dead Girls by Nekesa Afia because the whodunit will hold their fickle attention. Brief profiles note the zodiac influence on authors who share that sign; it’s suggested, for example, that the conclusion of George R.R. Martin’s Game of Thrones series might be due to his “impossibly high Virgo standards.” The analysis of zodiac reading habits is lots of fun, even if it only adds up to a slight diversion. This is an ideal gift for bookworms with a celestial bent. (Oct.) W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 67
Review_CHILDREN’S Children’s/YA Picture Books Autumnal Holidays Our Day of the Dead Celebration Ana Aranda. Penguin/Paulsen, $17.99 (32p) ISBN 978-0-5255-1428-2 Opening with a naïf-style family tree, Aranda offers a joyful, accessible introduction to a beloved holiday via one family’s preparations. Watercolor, ink, and gouache art, redolent with festive magenta, turquoise, and violet hues, first follows pigtailed siblings Mar and Paz into town to buy marigolds and sugar skulls. Back at home, decorating and cooking give way to arrivals of living relations, portrayed with varying brown skin tones, and of departed relatives. The latter—represented with smiling painted skulls and surrounded by embellishments that reference their passions—hover approvingly alongside the family, rendering the line between past and present a happy blur. The party moves into high gear when Abuelita, who “knows all the family stories,” arrives in a swirling cloud of monarch butterflies. “We feel close to everyone,” says Mar, amid the singing, dancing, and reminiscing, “the living and the dead.” An author’s note closes. Ages 3–7. (Sept.) The Crayons Trick or Treat Drew Daywalt, illus. by Oliver Jeffers. Philomel, $9.99 (32p) ISBN 978-0-593-62102-8 Costumes? Check. Enthusiasm? Check. Door-knocking protocol? Not so much. Halloween night is off to a rough start in this spin-off from Daywalt and Jeffers, in which the crayons make some hilarious missteps when they head out trick-ortreating. Orange, fittingly dressed as a jack-o’-lantern, assures rule-follower Purple, sporting a sharp vampire getup, that the crayon crew knows just what to do, but the group proves unsure what to say when they knock on their neighbors’ doors. Orange tries the first residence, saying “Give us your candy, lady,” as Peach, wearing the crayon box, calls back to the original book, exclaiming, “I’m naked!” Subsequent stops prove equally silly as Purple, alongside bat-winged Tucholke and Le juxtapose two sisters’ opposing sensibilities (reviewed on this page). Black, coaches the pals on the holiday’s conventional greeting, and finally gets everyone in line. This book’s diminutive trim size and classic costumes make for predictably pleasing snack-size fun. Ages 4–8. (Sept.) Beatrice Likes the Dark take notice, Ghost can’t even get the attention of the city family, portrayed with white skin, who live in the same house. When a big balloon as red as Ghost’s apple cheeks floats within reach, Ghost draws a smiley face on it, and the two become inseparable. The balloon’s departure back to the sky prompts a frantic search (Ghost papers playground participants with “MISSING FRIEND” posters), but a turn suggests that perhaps the balloon isn’t lost after all. Using ink and watercolor, Kaufman’s emotionally rich, sketchlike compositions—of sad Ghost on a busy urban playground, of the balloon offering Ghost steadfast companionship as a scary thunderstorm rages outside—exude immediacy and empathy. Ages 4–8. (Aug.) The Most Haunted House in America Jarrett Dapier, illus. by Lee Gatlin. Abrams, $18.99 (32p) ISBN 978-1-4197-5246-9 An instance of compassion prompts two siblings to overcome their emotional distance in Tucholke’s gothic-inflected picture book debut. “Beatrice likes the dark dark dark/ and the dark dark dark likes her,” reads incantatory prose as readers see the black-clad girl picnicking in a graveyard and savoring the hush and creatures of starry nights. Rust-clad sibling Roo is the exact opposite, preferring “sunshine and birthday parties and smashing crashing/ blasting noises and wearing pink and red and purple.” When Beatrice creates a potion one night that makes Roo less afraid of the dark, Roo teaches Beatrice a song to mitigate the sensory overload she feels during the day. Le’s earth-toned art revels in fairy tale romanticism as the two protagonists, portrayed with pale skin and blond hair, discover that, without changing their fundamental preferences, “they can love each other, all the same.” Ages 4–8. (Sept.) Based on personal experience drumming in costume at an Obama-presidency White House Halloween party, Dapier imagines a crew of google-eyed skeleton percussionists invited to a similar event. Though they know that “The White House is HAUNTED from top to toe!” even the squat skeletons are surprised by the plethora of resident ghouls, introduced in unevenly metered rhyming couplets: “Back in the hall and more spirits arrive:/ They step out of paintings like something ALIVE!/ Abe Lincoln appears in his stovepipe hat,/ scratching the chin of a giant-sized cat.” As Gatlin’s digitally enhanced pencil and ink drawings depict a cheerily eerie, off-the-chain soiree that sprawls from the White House’s lawn and interiors, the Obamas are shown welcoming everyone to boogie down, from costumed people of varying skin tones to Abigail Adams’s ghost. An extensive afterword discusses “consistently reported and verified ghost sightings” at the residence. Ages 4–8. (Aug.) A Friend for Ghost A Costume for Charly Suzanne Kaufman. Holiday House/Porter, $18.99 (32p) ISBN 978-0-8234-4852-4 C.K. Malone, illus. by Alejandra Barajas. Beaming, $18.99 (40p) ISBN 978-1-5064-8405-1 Attic-dwelling Ghost, who has big round eyeglasses and a beseeching face, seems fated to be “always alone in the crowd.” Though animals occasionally Young Charly, portrayed with brown skin, can’t decide whether to be “fabulous or frightening” for Halloween, but they know one thing for sure: this year’s April Genevieve Tucholke, illus. by Khoa Le. Algonquin, $18.95 (32p) ISBN 978-1-6437-5157-3 68 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2
Review_CHILDREN’S Fire Burn and Cauldron Bubble Seasonal titles center witches of many stripes. Kit and Caboodle The Witchling’s Wish each year to October 31, when they join the “mortals” for Harvest celebrations. Young Abigail, a light-brown-skinned witch, wishes she could longer enjoy the humans’ holiday sweet treats. Surveilling children year-round via her mother’s brew, Abigail gets an idea: this year, she’ll offer the mortals a trick in return for their treats, which successfully garners her enough sweets to throw a whole immortal party. But when those treats, too, prove insufficient, she makes a deal with mortal adults to swap their children’s sweets for “a special present.” Jewel-toned, ethereal art by Alshalabi displays the coveted treats to enticing effect in an extended trick-or-treat origin story that offers a pragmatic approach to handling excess candy. Ages 4–7. (Self-published) Lu Fraser, illus. by Sarah Massini. Bloomsbury, $17.99 (32p) ISBN 978-1-5476-0906-2 If Your Babysitter Is a Bruja Anna Pignataro. Little Hare, $16.99 (32p) ISBN 978-1-76050-633-9 Witch cat Kit lives alone for a century, until brokenwinged bat Caboodle tumbles through her window one Halloween, in Pignataro’s tender tribute to friendship. While Kit’s nonsense spells fail to heal Caboodle’s wing, it’s her offer of a place to stay, and patience around his needs and presence, that lead to healing and friendship. Folk-style, largely grayscale art with pencil and watercolor textures provides a quirky domestic atmosphere for red-clad Kit and pink-eared Caboodle to develop their better-together bond. Ages 3–5. (Aug.) A lonely young Witchling’s plan to conjure a friend goes gently awry in this sweet-natured, jauntily rhyming tale. The Witchling, portrayed with pale skin, doesn’t mind the bed beetles or dripping ceiling of her cozily appointed cave home, but she longs for a friend to take up the emptiness in her heart. Though her spell book has just the recipe, when she flies off in search of a special ingredient—“some furriness” from a one-eyed teddy bear—a crash landing offers friendship in another child, portrayed with brown skin. Fraser’s bouncy text carries readers through the night sky at a good clip, while Massini’s playful mixed-media artwork introduces two winning characters turned kindred spirits. Ages 3–6. (July) Leila, the Perfect Witch Flavia Z. Drago. Candlewick, $17.99 (40p) ISBN 978-1-5362-2050-6 Author-illustrator Drago mixes a dash of family support with a measure of witchy worldbuilding in this tasty tale about a young witch developing grit. Though she’s the fastest flier, most cunning conjurer, and sneakiest shape-shifter in her coven, green-skinned Leila Wayward has her heart set on winning “the most important trophy of all” as champion of the Magnificent Witchy Cake-Off. She comes from “a long line of... experts in the Dark Arts of Patisserie,” but the proof is in her disastrous first batter: Leila lacks ace baking skills. An assist from her sisters, portrayed with varying skin tones, proves the perfect recipe for dealing with the Cake-Off, no matter how things turn out. In colored pencil textures, multimedia illustrations are filled with witch-centric detail, including clever nods to fairy tale fodder. Ages 3–7. (July) Trick or Treat: The Story of the Switch Witch and How She Came to Be Antoinette Corley-Newman, illus. by Noor Alshalabi. Summit Street, $24.99 (54p) ISBN 978-1-63877-585-0 The witch and warlock youth of Transylvania look forward Ana Siqueira, illus. by Irena Freitas. Simon & Schuster, $18.99 (32p) ISBN 978-1-5344-8874-8 As Halloween approaches, an evening with a new babysitter becomes a high-energy adventure in Siqueria’s seasonal story, which incorporates Spanish phrases. Though the sitter rolls up on a bicycle, the book’s second-person narrator sees things with holiday-colored glasses: “If she zooms in on a broom, black sombrero on her head, cackling like a crow... ¡¡CORRE! RUN!” Vibrant vignettes center the child and possibly-bruja babysitter, both portrayed with tan skin, Freitas depicts the action: the backyard jungle gym becomes a castle under an inky black sky dotted with ghost decorations, while bath time is described as involving “a bubbling cauldron with starving COCODRILOS!!!” As the child comes around on the sitter, final scenes sustain the upbeat tone. Ages 4–8. (Aug.) Witch in the City (Crimson Twill #1) Kallie George, illus. by Birgitta Sif. Candlewick, $14.99 (64p) ISBN 978-1-5362-1463-5 Giggling instead of cackling, skipping instead of slinking, and sporting a black hat with a big crimson bow, young Crimson Twill is portrayed as hardly witch-“typical.” When the pale-skinned witch travels with her mother from their Cackle County home to Broomingdale’s, New Wart City offers myriad opportunities for Crimson to showcase her developing know-how and compassionate heart. Riddled with wordplay (“Slime Square,” “Vera Fang”), George’s chapter book series starter revels in lighthearted witchy whimsy while underlining themes of being true to oneself; Sif’s textural b&w illustrations depict a variously inclusive city community. Ages 7–9. (July) W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 69
Review_CHILDREN’S costume has to be “something that showed they were both a boy and a girl.” Barajas’s slick, animation-like illustrations have a slice-of-life energy as they envision Charly assessing the options in the costume box: a Red Riding Hood outfit makes Charly’s “boy half felt eaten by the wolf,” while a Dracula costume “took a bite out of their girl half.” Momentarily disheartened (“Why can’t there be a costume just for me?”), Charly musters some ingenuity worthy of Project Runway. In Malone’s earnest prose, there is never any doubt in this protagonist, who does whatever it takes to feel “one hundred percent Charly.” An afterword discusses bigender identity. Ages 4–12. (Sept.) Monsters Growling in the Background: Halloween Poems for the Brave Kenn Nesbit et al, illus. by Martin Ontiveros. Reycraft, $17.95 (32p) ISBN 978-1-4788-7041-8 A vibe-setting anecdote about a Halloween night that terrifies costumed candy-seekers opens this immersive assortment of poems, “some as old as a rotting corpse in a grave, others as new as a baby goblin.” The grouping intersperses works by contemporary authors such as Kenn Nesbit (“Halloween Party”) with those of classic poets including Walter de la Mare (“Some One”) and Edna St. Vincent Millay (“The Little Ghost”). Accompanying the verses are bold-hued, poster-style illustrations by Ontiveros, which employ atmospheric elements (a graveyard, a haunted house) in thick outline alongside individuals portrayed with fancifully hued skin tones. Though the poems’ creators are limited to whitepresenting American and English writers, appealing visuals and truly spinetingling stanzas lend themselves to a seasonally pleasing read. Ages 8–14. (Oct.) Fiction The Glass Witch Lindsay Puckett. Scholastic Press, $17.99 (224p) ISBN 978-1-338-80342-6 The witches of the white Goode family—who share “wide hips, wide eyes, wide smiles”—have long lived in New England’s Cranberry Hollow, their presence necessary to maintain its plentiful wild magic, but an old curse forbids more than three Goodes from existing within town limits at the same time. On the cusp of Halloween, the town hosts a tourist-garnering festival, which includes a baking contest and the Miss Preteen Scary Cranberry pageant. It is then that 12-yearold baking enthusiast Adelaide Goode arrives to stay with her grandmother and aunt while her mother starts a new job. Feeling like one of the abandoned “misfit” bunnies her grandmother takes in, Adelaide triggers the curse, which transforms her bones into glass and sees her stalked by a mystical hunter that has possessed one of a local witch-hunting family. Now Adelaide and new friend Fatima, a horror-loving hijabi of Pakistani descent, must undo the spell before the hunter claims Adelaide’s soul. Puckett focuses on Adelaide’s insecurities around her comparatively weak magical talent, internalized fat phobia, and worries that she’s “never been Goode enough” for her family, slowly outlining an arc toward self-acceptance as the tween learns more about her relatives’ conflicts. Interstitials featuring the hunter’s sinister perspective both contrast and complement Adelaide’s internal mix of humor and frustration, highlighting a complex stew of emotions. Ages 8–12. Agent: Samantha Fabien, Root Literary. (Oct.) How to Heal a Gryphon (Giada the Healer #1) Meg Cannistra. Inkyard, $16.99 (304p) ISBN 978-1-335-42687-1 In this Amalfi Coast–set adventure steeped in Italian culture and folklore, Cannistra (The Trouble with Shooting Stars) introduces readers to a stubborn heroine determined to embrace her true strengths. Giada Bellantuono, nearly 13, is in training to become a guaritrice—an Italian witch specializing in the art of magical healing. But unlike the rest of her renowned streghe family, Giada doesn’t want to serve the god Apollo and heal people, nor undertake a looming apprenticeship. 70 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 Instead, she feels drawn to Diana, goddess of wild animals, and to healing creatures “ordinary and extraordinary,” like the baby gryphon she finds. When Giada spills salt and olive oil, and wishes that her esteemed 16-year-old brother Rocco would disappear, he is kidnapped by the Streghe del Malocchio—witches who can “sniff out a person’s bad luck.” To rescue him, Giada and her new feline familiar, black cat Sinistro, must journey to Malafi, the witches’ underground city, and accomplish an impossible task. Via a world where magic and modern medicine coexist, and a secret spell-casting community lives undetected year-round, Cannistra writes a compassionate quest that interrogates tradition, legacy, and humans’ effect on the natural world. Ages 8–12. Agent: Suzie Townsend, New Leaf Literary. (Oct.) The Last Hope in Hopetown Maria Tureaud. Little, Brown, $16.99 (304p) ISBN 978-0-316-36845-2 In Hopetown, Pa.—“an American Revolution time capsule kind of place”— 12-year-old Sophie Dawes lives with her loving adoptive vampire moms. French Revolution–era Mama, once best friends with Marie Antoinette, embraces a 1950s homemaker vibe, while the Duke, a former Viking shield-maiden, has swapped the battleground for the boardroom. Though it’s been years since vampires “walked into the light”—became part of human society—stringent rules and regular government check-ins now attend human-vampire relations, especially in the few years since vampires began “going rogue.” Amid state-level policy changes around corporate blood bank donations, a Federal Bureau of Vampire Affairs rehabilitation facility being established nearby, and growing online conspiracy theories about rogue vampires, the epidemic reaches Hopetown. To investigate the “rogue” phenomenon, Sophie and her best friend Delphine Abernathy, a 300-year-old vampire stuck with a 12-year-old’s body and mind, take it upon themselves to investigate. Though it telegraphs reveals early on, Tureaud’s high-concept debut offers an extended metaphor exploring how the past informs the present, touching on corporate protections, government surveillance,
Review_CHILDREN’S model minority dynamics, and personal rights via vibrantly rendered characters. Characters cue as white. Ages 8–12. Agent: Amy Giuffrida, Jennifer De Chiara Literary. (Oct.) New Dragon City Mari Mancusi. Little, Brown, $16.99 (352p) ISBN 978-0-316-37668-6 Five years after the dragon apocalypse wiped out most of humankind, and two years after his survivalist father’s bunker ran out of food, 12-year-old Noah is eking out a tenuous existence as part of a band of survivors in New York City. When the dragons awake from their winter hibernation a month early, while Noah’s out scavenging for nonperishables, the group relocates from their part-time hotel residence to their subway-tunnel shelter. Noah, however, secretly remains aboveground to search with his dad for Noah’s mother, who has purportedly joined a cult of dragon sympathizers. When a chance Times Square encounter with a young dragon named Asha leaves Noah inexplicably connected to her via a mental bond, the revelation suggests it may be possible for humans and dragons to coexist peacefully, but Noah’s father refuses to back down from his anti-dragon crusade. In a contemporary-feeling metropolitan adventure replete with dragon deniers and fake news, Mancusi (the Dragon Ops series) lightly sketches the society’s dayto-day realities; if the resulting world is unevenly built, it also imbues Noah’s experiences with a sense of awe, making for an entertaining, flashy novel centering family and interspecies friendship. Noah reads as white. Ages 8–12. Agent: Mandy Hubbard, Emerald City Literary Agency. (Oct.) leaving the twins little time to banish the monster back to its maritime prison. Setting off on a quest to save the town, Kai and Peter enlist the help of their specialist family: their ancient-weapons-wielding grandmother, Greek archeologist mother, English teacher father, and capable older sister. Poetry, patterns, puzzles, and new powers guide the twins to destinations throughout Massachusetts, where they destroy a series of booby-trapped symbols to contain the monster. Yet impulsive Kai and cautious Peter are continually at odds, threatening the success of their mission. Cheeky humor and familiar lore keep the cinematic scenes moving, while themes of powerful familial bonds, teamwork, and leveraging individual strengths ground the quick-moving plotline. Characters present as white. Ages 8–12. Agent: Lauren Abramo, Dystel, Goderich & Bourret. (Oct.) The Year the Maps Changed Danielle Binks. Quill Tree, $16.99 (368p) ISBN 978-0-06321-160-5 Set in a small Australian town in 1999, Binks’s character-driven debut novel follows 11-year-old Winifred “Fred” Owen-Ricci through a complicated year of change that stretches her understanding of personal as well as global responsibility. Since her mother died when Fred was six, she has been raised in a cozy family unit with her police officer stepfather, Luca, and her beloved maternal grandfather, Pop. When Luca’s new girlfriend and her 10-year-old son move in, Fred begrudgingly tries to adapt. Soon, the family’s community also expands—in some cases also begrudgingly—with the arrival of 400 Kosovar Albanian refugees escaping war in Kosovo. Guided and challenged by ethically driven adults around her—including a thoughtfully drawn history teacher who awakens and nurtures her interest in geography—Fred grapples with the concept of a moral compass and with her changing community and relationships, especially when tragedy hits home. Acknowledging the mark of colonialism on Australia’s history, and including a parallel secondary arc about Fred’s Vietnamese neighbors, Binks DANCE-IT-OUT! MOVEMENT STORIES Secrets of Stone and Sea Allison K. Hymas. Roaring Brook, $17.99 (304p) ISBN 978-1-2507-9947-0 History and mythology explosively converge in a sibling-centered, summertime New England fantasy by Hymas (The Explorer’s Code). When 12-year-old identical twins Kai and Peter Syracuse throw a sneeze-bloodied hot dog into the ocean near Seaspire, Mass.’s purportedly haunted lighthouse, neither expects to awaken a vicious, godlike sea monster. But the easily slighted entity promises to flood Seaspire on the next full moon, BATS ZOMBIES & 16 DRESS UP THEIR IMAGINATION STORIES CREATIVE MOVEMENT STORIES.COM WWW.
Review_CHILDREN’S ★ Man Made Monsters Andrea L. Rogers, illus. by Jeff Edwards. Levine Querido, $19.99 (320p) ISBN 978-1-64-614179-1 S panning generations, Rogers (Mary and the Trail of Tears) recounts the past, present, and future trials and tribulations of one Cherokee family in this spine-tingling horror collection. Though the stories presented can stand alone, each tale, arranged in chronological order, follows members of the Wilson family as they navigate myriad supernatural and reallife terrors. Opening the volume is “An Old-Fashioned Girl,” in which 16-year-old Ama Wilson is turned into a vampire while she and her family flee from Texas Rangers in 1839. Mythical creatures such as ghosts, zombies, werewolves, and even aliens abound, but most threatening are monsterlike men who kidnap, abuse, and murder Native women. Striking white line art on black backgrounds by Cherokee artist Edwards introduce each story, containing the tribe’s syllabary, adding to the haunting atmosphere, and synthesizing handwritten language with stunning visuals. While Rogers expertly crafts gripping grisly horror elements and cataclysmic paranormal phenomena via a deep understanding and appreciation for her Cherokee ancestry, the narrative’s strength lies in its powerful prose and thematic core: “How different were zombies from the soldiers and settlers who wanted our land?” Fresh, crisply written text, which alternates between first-, second-, and third-person tellings, artfully tackles themes of colonialism and its effects on entire generations, for a simultaneously frightening and enthralling read. A glossary and extensive family tree are included. Ages 12–up. Agent: Emily Sylvan Kim, Prospect Agency. (Oct.) engages Fred’s emotionally grounded, intelligently questioning narrative to look at the way “maps lie. Or at least, they don’t always tell the truth.” Protagonists largely read as white. Ages 8–12. Agent: Annabel Barker, Annabel Barker Agency. (Oct.) After Dark with Roxie Clark Brooke Lauren Davis. Bloomsbury, $18.99 (352p) ISBN 978-1-5476-0614-6 Rather than fearing her family’s purported curse, 18-year-old Roxie Clark embraces it with theatrical flair until tragedy forces her to reevaluate her perspective in this eerie thriller from Davis (The Hollow Inside). Whistler High School student Roxie knows that many of her relatives have died under mysterious circumstances, which they blame on a generational curse. Even so, Roxie is a fan of all things morbid, and regales anyone who will listen with woeful tales of her family history. She’s even developed a ghost tour about it, busing patrons around town to the locations of the historical and more recent deaths. When the repeatedly stabbed and partially burned corpse of Roxie’s sister Skylar’s boyfriend is found in a cornfield, however, Roxie will do anything to help her sibling move on. A year after his death, new evidence prompts Skylar to enlist Roxie to find his killer, but when she insists that the murderer is Roxie’s best friend, Roxie is torn between wanting to prove his innocence and securing closure for her sister. The narrative’s suspenseful ambiance and Roxie’s distinct, loyal-to-afault voice make for a riveting meditation on generational trauma and fierce female relationships. Characters cue as white. Ages 12–up. (Oct.) If You Could See the Sun Ann Liang. Inkyard, $18.99 (352p) ISBN 978-1335-91584-9 A Chinese American scholarship student with an inexplicable ability to turn invisible uses her newfound power to monetize her peers’ secrets in Liang’s imaginative debut. Unlike her affluent 72 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 classmates, 17-year-old Alice Sun has only her hard-earned “established streak of success” going for her. After receiving news that her parents can’t afford the tuition for her next semester at the prestigious Beijing-based Airington International Boarding School, she’s faced with transferring to a local Beijing academy or moving in with her auntie to attend school in Maine. But when she suddenly finds herself able to turn invisible, she uses this gift for leverage. With help from her academic rival Henry Li, they anonymously create the Beijing Ghost, a phone app that allows students to request Alice uncover secrets and scandals for a fee. As the tasks escalate to a criminal level, however, the cost becomes greater than Alice anticipated. Liang paints a clear picture of what it’s like to struggle for certain advantages that are seemingly handed to others, skillfully exploring themes of classism and privilege via a sympathetic protagonist who feels—sometimes literally—invisible. Ages 13–up. Agent: Katherine Rushall, Andrea Brown Literary. (Oct.) Princess of Souls Alexandra Christo. Macmillan/Feiwel and Friends, $18.99 (416p) ISBN 978-1-25084174-2 Teenagers battle a tyrannical, undying king in this starry-eyed, “Rapunzel”– inspired standalone by Christo (the Into the Crooked Place series). Pale-skinned Selestra Somniatis spends most days confined to a tower on Floating Mountain, waiting to replace her mother, Theola, as King Seryth’s witch, a position whose duties include prophesying deaths in the annual Festival of Predictions. Participants must survive three potentially fatal encounters over a fortnight, one of which Theola foretells. Should they perish, their soul will be devoured by Seryth to extend his life. Those who live, however, are granted a wish and given the opportunity to let the king and his army hunt them until month’s end. Seryth will cede his immortality to anyone who bests him—a never-before-achieved feat—but lightbrown-skinned soldier Nox Laederic, hoping to avenge his father’s murder, is determined to be the first. When Selestra delivers Nox’s prediction as practice, she intertwines their fates, and the pair are
Review_CHILDREN’S forced to work together or perish. While the plot is predictable, vividly rendered backdrops and plentiful action coupled with Selestra and Nox’s alternating first-person accounts and snarky banter candidly chronicle their heady burgeoning romance. Ages 13–up. Agent: Emmanuelle Morgen, Stonesong. (Oct.) ★ The Restless Dark Erica Waters. HarperTeen, $18.99 (400p) ISBN 978-0-0631-1590-3 After serial killer Joseph Kincaid plummeted into Georgia’s Cloudkiss Canyon while pursuing amateur environmental scientist Lucy Wilson, his body was never found. Two years later, popular true crime podcast Human Beasties hosts the Killer Quest, a weeklong hunt for Kincaid’s remains with a $20,000 reward. Lucy, now 17, secretly joins the contest, believing that the discovery will finally set her mind at ease (“I’m alive and Kincaid isn’t. And now I’m going to find his bones and prove it”). There she meets 18-year-old Carolina Cassels, whose exboyfriend’s mysterious death and father’s religious abuse causes her to believe there’s evil inside her; the two team up with charming, seemingly carefree college sophomore and psychology major Maggie Rey. As the girls, all white-cued, search for the bones, and Lucy and Maggie fall for each other, they must confront increasingly antagonistic contestants and their own fraught pasts. Switching between Lucy and Carolina’s perspectives, Waters (The River Has Teeth) attentively acknowledges the appeal of true crime while confronting the ways in which it can be exploitative. Employing a touch of the supernatural to create a consistently creepy environment, Waters crafts a smart and memorable thriller. Ages 13–up. Agent: Lauren Spieller, Triada US. (Oct.) Anne of Greenville Mariko Tamaki. Hachette/de la Cruz, $18.99 (304p) ISBN 978-1-368-07840-5 Tamaki (Cold) puts a modern spin on Anne of Green Gables in this finely detailed rendering of half-Japanese, half-white, and “deliciously queer” Anne Shirley, and her new life in the “Ultimate Small Town.” Anne—whose dyed orange hair and sequined jumpsuits make her stand out in a crowd—has just moved to Greenville with her mothers: portrait photographer Millie and Lucy, the new vice principal at Greenville High. Though Anne is not initially wellreceived—she announces her presence to the town square by hanging tiny papiermâché disco balls on lampposts and performing on orange leather roller skates to “Funkytown”—she makes fast friends with warmhearted, “moss and fluorescent and forest and pine green”–haired Berry. Together, the duo contend with racist and homophobic classmates, but things get complicated when Anne crushes on Gilly, a tall blond girl whose friend group is responsible for Anne’s mistreatment. Though secondary characters—particularly the bullies—feel rote, Anne’s effervescent voice, overwhelming openmindedness, and tenderly depicted struggle to create joy in a change-resistant town prove both a balm and a primer for how to live as one’s truest self. Most characters read as white. Ages 14–up. (Oct.) Henry Hamlet’s Heart Rhiannon Wilde. Charlesbridge Teen, $18.99 (336p) ISBN 978-1-62354-369-3 An 18-year-old grapples with sudden feelings for his best friend in Australian author Wilde’s upbeat, 2008-set debut rom-com. Henry Hamlet, the unpopular, introverted school captain at Brisbane Northolm Grammar School for Boys, is worried about not having a clear life plan. As graduation looms, he finds it difficult to juggle tumultuous relationships with an uncertain future: his grandmother pressures him to pursue his art, while his parents believe success lies in his academic prowess, and his friends have begun fixating on romance, something that Henry wants nothing to do with. That is, until his best friend, Lennon Cane—sports star, serial heartbreaker, and aspiring photographer—kisses him during a game of truth or dare, which sparks confusing emotions in Henry. After Len admits wanting to pursue a relationship with Henry, the two begin dating, but when Len unexpectedly pulls away, Henry struggles to cope with potentially losing both his best friend and their budding relationship. Wilde deftly captures classic adolescent boys’ dialogue, while Henry’s constant, occa- sionally heartbreaking self-doubt is mitigated by his endearing and at times hilariously overwrought internal narrative in this sincere romance. Characters present as white. Ages 14–up. (Oct.) Night of the Raven, Dawn of the Dove Rati Mehrotra. Wednesday, $18.99 (352p) ISBN 978-1-250-82368-7 Eighteen-year-old Katyani feels as if her life is not entirely her own in this fluidly plotted, medieval India–set fantasy by Mehrotra (Markswoman, for adults). When Katyani was three, Queen Hemlata of Chandela saved her from death by creating a soul bond between them; their tie means that she always knows the queen’s location and feelings, making Katyani the perfect bodyguard. Now one of the Garuda, elite royal protectors, she’s responsible for the safety of the entire royal family and serves as an adviser to Crown Prince Ayan. After a barrage of assassination attempts jeopardizes Ayan’s safety, a reluctant Katyani must accompany him to an ethics and military arts school. There she’s tasked with protecting him from the dangerous creatures who inhabit the surrounding area while he learns from a monster-fighting sage. Katyani and the teacher’s son, 19-year-old Daksh, are immediately and openly hostile toward each other, but when war breaks out and secrets from her past are revealed, she realizes that her loyalties may lead her to betrayal. Katyani’s bold, vivacious personality and a swoony enemies-to-lovers romance imbue this tense, action-packed narrative with wry humor. Ages 14–up. Agent: Mary C. Moore, Kimberly Cameron & Assoc. (Oct.) ★ A Scatter of Light Malinda Lo. Dutton, $18.99 (336p) ISBN 9780-525-55528-5 This raw and bittersweet story by Lo, a 2013-set standalone companion to Last Night at the Telegraph Club, follows MITbound 18-year-old Aria West, who’s anticipating spending her summer visiting friends on Martha’s Vineyard, like she does every year. But those plans are canceled when a classmate circulates topless photos of Aria online just before graduation. Disappointed and blaming her for the photo leak, Aria’s parents send her to W W W . P U B L I S H E R S W E E K LY. C O M 73
Review_CHILDREN’S stay with her paternal grandmother in “the remote woods of Marin County” outside of San Francisco, where she immediately connects with gendernonconforming singer-songwriter Steph Nichols. Led by Steph, Steph’s possessive girlfriend, and their acerbic friend Mel Lopez, Aria immerses herself in San Francisco’s joyous LBGTQ culture. Aria’s enthusiastic exploration of her sexuality, her growing feelings for Steph, and her discovery of old photos, videotapes, and papers from her divorced parents’ complicated history turn what she assumed would be a lonely summer in exile into a transformative experience. Aria’s vulnerable narration is an intensely driving force in this expansive tale of yearning, selfdiscovery, and first love. Aria is white and Chinese; Mel is Latinx-cued; most other characters read as white. Ages 14– up. Agent: Michael Bourret, Dystel, Goderich & Bourret. (Oct.) The Sevenfold Hunters Rose Egal. Page Street Kids, $18.99 (352p) ISBN 978-1-64567-616-4 In this bustling debut from Egal, teenage students at an elite London-based academy secretly train to hunt and kill vampiric aliens plaguing a dystopian future-Earth. Somali hijabi Abyan Farax Guled, leader of The Sevenfold, Carlisle Academy’s top-ranked hunting squad, wants nothing more than to destroy the Nosaru, parasitic aliens that infect and usurp human bodies. After her squad mate Jared dies in action, Abyan, who’s clinically depressed, has trouble letting go. When Jared’s former girlfriend, “golden-brown” skinned Artemis Garrett-Coleman, is assigned to the Sevenfold as his replacement, she and Abyan butt heads. But, despite Artemis’s poor exam scores and subpar combat skills, Carlisle’s administration refuses to decommission her. Upon realizing that there’s something ominous going on within the academy, the pair, joined by the rest of the Seven- fold, must put aside their differences and defy orders to uncover the truth. Rapid pacing provides little time for emotional beats to land and leaves romantic subplots to falter. Nevertheless, Egal capably combines familiar tropes—academic intrigue, mysterious shadow organizations, and good old-fashioned vampire hunting— with innovative sci-fi elements to deliver an adrenaline-fueled galactic war adventure. Ages 14–up. Agent: Garrett Alwert, Emerald City Literary. (Oct.) Comics Twelfth Grade Night (Arden High #1) Molly Horton Booth and Stephanie Kate Strohm, illus. by Jamie Green. DisneyHyperion, $24.99 (160p) ISBN 978-1-36806239-8; $14.99 paper ISBN 978-1-368-06465-1 Booth (Nothing Happened), Strohm (Restless Hearts), and Green (Brothers in Arms) channel William Shakespeare’s Twelfth Night in this joyful graphic novel series opener. Human twins Viola and Sebastian have been inseparable until, as the duo prepare to transition into Arden High, a school populated by humans, fairies, and satyrs alike, Sebastian opts to go to St. Anne’s boarding school, instead. Juggling feelings of abandonment and elation at being able to finally dress how she wants (“I just felt more and more uncomfortable in those skirts. I wanted to dress more like Sebastian,” Vi says of her middle school uniforms), Vi meets and crushes on enigmatic human poet Orsino. But things get messy when Orsino recruits her to help him woo his own crush. Green’s distinct and whimsical character designs, coupled with a rich color palette, skillfully render Arden’s ephemeral fairy-realm setting. The creators pay homage to the source material by modernizing core elements while staying true to the original’s spirit. The twins’ struggles to forge their own personhoods, and Vi’s exploration of her gender and sexual identity, enrich the narrative. Characters are portrayed with varying skin tones. Ages 12–up. Agents: (for Booth) Alex Slater, Trident Media Group; (for Strohm) Molly Ker Hawn, Bent Agency; (for Green) Chad Beckerman, CAT Agency. (Oct.) 74 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 ONLINE ONLY www.publishersweekly.com PICTURE BOOKS ★ Jigsaw: Mystery in the Mail Bob Graham. Candlewick, ISBN 978-1-5362-2499-3, July FICTION Butt Sandwich & Tree Wesley King. S&S/ Wiseman, ISBN 978-1-66590-261-8, Aug. Daybreak on Raven Island Fleur Bradley. Viking, ISBN 978-0-593-40463-8, Aug. Fenris & Mott Greg van Eekhout. HarperCollins, ISBN 978-0-06-297063-3, Aug. Haven: A Small Cat’s Big Adventure Megan Wagner Lloyd. Candlewick, ISBN 978-1-53621657-8, Aug. ★ Hummingbird Natalie Lloyd. Scholastic Press, $17.99 (368p) ISBN 978-1-3386-5458-5, Aug. Molly and the Machine (Far Flung Falls #1) Erik Jon Slangerup. Aladdin, ISBN 978-1-53449799-3, June ★ DPS Only! Velinxi. Andrews McMeel, $18.99 paper (432p) ISBN 978-1-5248-7649-4 Sixteen-year-old Vicky Tan navigates e-sports’ misogynistic atmosphere in this high-octane solo debut, originally a webcomic, by Velinxi (the Scum Villain series). Vicky has always supported her older brother, Virgil, username Aeneid, a topranked player of popular pvp game Xenith Orion, which is notorious for its boys’ club environment. She edits his videos, curates his social media presence, and cheers him on at tournaments. She also secretly moonlights as an equally high-ranked Xenith player; concealing her gender to avoid harassment, she plays online using voice modulators and the username Aegis. After landing a spot in a tournament, she must decide if she wants to fight for agency in her own life or to live in Virgil’s—and her alter ego’s—shadow forever. Velnixi’s bold lines, striking shadows, dynamic paneling, and vibrant, textured palettes stunningly illustrate Vicky’s cloud-nine highs and subterranean lows. This powerfully emotional graphic novel, set against a bombastic technicolor e-sports backdrop, tenderly navigates tumultuous, nuanced relationships and necessary conversations regarding toxic bro culture and being one’s authentic self. Vicky and Virgil cue as East Asian. Ages 13–17. (Oct.)
AUGU ST 2 022 ® Your guide to self-publishing Indie Spotlight • 63 New BookLife Titles Listed • 16 New BookLife Titles Reviewed “A World Began to Take Shape” Leslye Penelope discusses her experiences as a successful indie author—and her first foray into postapocalyptic fiction BY MARY MCNULTY JONES L e s ly e Pe n e l o p e , a b e s t s e l l i n g fantasy author, filmmaker, and podcaster who has published both traditionally and independently, is breaking out a new series, Bliss Wars. The first book, Savage City, introduces B O O K L I F E .CO M 75
® INDIE SUCCESS a young woman who goes from nearly invisible to princess in a strange near-future world of human shifters. In a recent starred review of Savage City, PW praised Penelope’s “seamless blend of fantasy subgenres, wrenching action, and all-too-human characters.” What was it like creating the rich and varied world of Savage City? I read across a variety of genres and am always looking to write books I’d like to read. Worldbuilding is one of my favorite things about writing. I’d never tackled postapocalyptic fiction before, so, as I built the characters and the two rival shifter clans, the world began to take shape. I would get new ideas I wanted to explore—ways to push the characters and conflict further—and had to hold myself back from making the world too complex, but I still wanted it to feel full and inhabited, with its own history and culture and beliefs. What were some of your influences when writing the hero-villain relationships in Savage City? I’ve always had a tough time writing pure villains. Characters who are just pure evil aren’t that interesting to me. Because my writing is often mirroring and inspired by real social conflicts, I’m far more intrigued by realistic motivations for villainous acts. The thing that really excited me the most about the original idea for this book was the story’s main villain and how he could be a tyrannical ruler and a truly loving and caring father. Stories where characters are painted in shades of gray are often my favorites, and I was just trying to create more depth in my characters. How is Savage City different from your other series? Savage City was originally meant to be a spin-off from another book. When it became clear I would have to put that novel on the back burner indefinitely, I changed the character names and origins to make this book stand on its own. This book is right in line with my other fantasy and paranormal series. It’s about a woman who is searching for a place to call home, a place where she is accepted. There’s plenty of action and romance, like most of my books. It’s different because I’m in a new time period—a nearfuture dystopia—and am playing with popular 76 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 elements, a different take on animal shifters from what you often see. How have the experiences in both traditional and indie publishing been? I really enjoy being a hybrid author. The freedom and control of indie publishing work well with my skills and personality. I love conferring with the cover designer, laying out the print book, coming up with schedules, and enacting a marketing plan. But I also really enjoy working with a team of professionals who handle those things. It can be difficult to not be in charge of the various aspects of publishing, or not even have a say in some of them, but it’s also quite freeing not to have to organize everything myself. Because I’m hybrid, I can’t always enact some of the latest indie tricks and tips—I’ll never be someone who can pull off a rapid release—but the attitude and skills I learned starting out as an indie have definitely helped me with my traditional releases. What initially drew you to indie publishing? What keeps you independent? I’ve always had a DIY spirit. My undergraduate degree is in film production, and I worked on independent films in various capacities. I’m also a web developer and started my business working with indie musicians and artists. I cofounded an independent literary magazine with a group of
INDIE SUCCESS friends I met at a writing workshop. When it came time to publish my own books, it was the natural choice. I had also heard plenty of negative feedback from other Black and POC authors about experiences in the traditional publishing industry. Everything from whitewashed covers to racially insensitive editorial changes, to certain houses or imprints being unwilling to publish more than one book by a particular ethnic group or race in any given year. I figured I’d save myself the drama and put my book out myself. Now, what keeps me indie is the satisfaction I get from putting out professional products that exactly match my vision. Also, I enjoy being diversified. As the industry contracts and imprints disappear, I feel confident that my author business will be able to navigate whatever the future brings by remaining flexible. What would you like to tell readers about your upcoming August release, The Monsters We Defy? The Monsters We Defy is a fantasy heist which takes place in 1925 Washington, D.C. It’s my first true historical fantasy, and my first heist, a genre that I adore. The main character is based on a real historical figure: a Black teenager arrested in the 1919 race riots for killing a white police officer who had stormed into her bedroom. She was convicted, but went free after being granted a new trial. The novel imagines her six years after these events and gives her clairvoyant abilities. It’s a Jazz Age story about a self-reliant Black community threatened by powerful spirits, and a group of people seeking freedom from special powers that all come at high cost. What projects are next for you, both in writing and your podcast My Imaginary Friends? I’m working on the follow-up to Savage City: Beastly Kingdom, the second in the trilogy. It’s a marriageof-convenience story between warriors from the enemy shifter clans. I’m also working on standalone historical fantasy about a Depression-era all-Black town and a mysterious, magical stranger who shows up just as the town is on the brink of being flooded by the construction of a new dam. ■ Mary M. Jones is a freelance reviewer who lives in a house with a book dragon husband, too many cats, and an ambitiously tall “to be read” pile. An engaging, touching, and heartbreaking adventure. —Kirkus Reviews ISBN: 978-1684339785 Inspired by a true story, this wellresearched and unique Civil War novel depicts love and loyalty between an owner and his resourceful dog. —Sublime Review AVAILABLE AT AND OTHER ONLINE BOOKSELLERS terryleecaruthers-author.com
® Indie Spotlight In our monthly thematic roundup of BookLife titles, we feature sci-fi and fantasy novels Want to see your book featured? Check out the Indie Spotlight Calendar at booklife.com/indiespotlight. Children’s/YA Fantasy & Sci-Fi Blessed Kandi J Wyatt ASIN B0B1CT69BK About the book: What would you give to be a dragon rider and marry the princess? Hest will do anything to save his kingdom and his betrothed. Blessed is the second book in the coming-of-age fantasy series Four Stars over Ardatz: Sovereigns. Author statement: “Four Stars over Ardatz: Sovereigns started as a short story idea from my photographer husband. He had an idea of telling the story of a queen heading into battle. When I went to write the story he created, I realized there was a character missing—the husband. Brightlands (Uprooted, Blessed, and Exalted) tells the husband’s story, while Divided Crowns (Resolved, Determined, and Divided) tells the queen’s story as well as their daughter’s.” Eudora Space Kid: The Great Engine Room Takeover David Horn ISBN 978-1-73667-740-7 About the book: The first in a new series of early reader sci-fi chapter books for elementaryaged kids. Meet Eudora Jenkins, the math and science whiz who lives in space! Author statement: “I started these books as dinnertime tales to my two elementary-aged daughters. I wanted to make them laugh so hard that milk came out of their noses. I also wanted to build a world around a young girl heroine that captured their imaginations and made STEM seem fun. All that just to get them to sit and eat their veggies!” Gemma Calvertson and the Forest of Despair Ryan Hoyt ISBN 978-1-66412-858-3 About the book: When history is set to repeat itself and nobody is 78 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 left to read the warning signs, a young historian sets out to stop the rising darkness with the help of an aged hero. Author statement: “I began plotting this novel in 2014, a year before Star Wars: The Force Awakens came out. I put it on hold when I feared the plots were too similar (only mine was a nod to Tolkien), but I couldn’t let go of it. As the story evolved, I realized it was nothing like that film and overcame my fears.” Secret of the Dragon Egg N.A. Davenport ISBN 978-1-73534-451-5 About the book: When Will’s family washes up on a magical island after a storm, they find themselves in a world filled with strange people, dangerous animals, and mighty dragons. When Will discovers a golden dragon egg, he soon realizes he’s stumbled upon something bigger than himself. Author statement: “I’ve always loved dragons. Soaring effortlessly on the wings of a mighty, fire-breathing beast has got to be one of the universal daydreams of all fantasy lovers. Even C.S. Lewis, who typically painted dragons as evil creatures, managed to squeeze a dragon-riding scene into the Chronicles of Narnia.” Sword and Sorcery: Frostfire Ethan Avery ASIN B09XC2N74S About the book: Erevan has a problem. He grew up on the unforgiving streets of Bogudos and has the scars to prove it. His friend is stuck in jail because of his mistake. But when a suspicious courier offers him a chance to fix things, should he lift his sword and journey across treacherous lands to aid her cause? Author statement: “I believe in the power of stories. As a child growing up in the Midwest, they gave me a chance to see a bigger world and to hear what life was like for people that didn’t look like me or believe what I did. And now, years later, I hope to do the same for others.”
Indie Spotlight The Way of the River (Kellandale Wood #1) Shan L. Spyker ISBN 978-1-73661-970-4 About the book: After Tillie coaxes her worri- some older sister, Elinora, to join her, they travel deep into the strange and mysterious wood. There, at the edge of a powerful river, they discover a shivering, abandoned wolfhound pup in need of help—and a forest teeming with sentient creatures. Author statement: “In a world suffering from greed, threats of animal extinction, social injustice, and threats to the environment, The Way of the River reflects on the importance of cherishing our own interconnectedness to nature, to one another, and to all living beings.” Fantasy Adventure Dark Innocence (The Star Seer’s Prophecy #1) Rahima Warren ISBN 978-0-9816278-3-0 About the book: In an ancient world of blood sorcery and healing magic, the Soul-Drinker, a vicious necromancer king, is draining the life from the souls of the people and of the Earth itself. Worse yet, he has banished the land’s rightful Goddess and disrupted the Sacred Balance, sending the mortal and divine realms whirling toward destruction. The only hope for salvation is a youth named Kyr, born and raised as one of the Soul-Drinker’s blindly obedient enslaved. Author statement: “Once upon a time, I was a psychotherapist, minding my own business, and seeing my clients. Then one day in December 1999, I wrote a little story in my journal. The idea was to write down this inner character’s story, so he’d stop bugging me. Big mistake!” The Dreamer and the Marked Airic Fenn ISBN 978-0-578-31412-9 About the book: The Dreamer and the Marked is a dark fantasy novel in which the main character, Krystal, follows a stranger, Draqa, to the realm of the fae after he tells her she has faerish blood. Only after arriving does she realize that this isn’t quite the adventure she bargained for. Author statement: “This book was a 10-year-long passion project that gradually took on a life of its own. Within the story, I explore issues such as racism and the different shades of grey that can exist between one’s morals and one’s actions, especially when trying to bring about change to a society that’s set in its ways.” ® Godfrey’s Crusade Mark Howard ISBN 978-1-08-798204-5 About the book: Godfrey’s Crusade is an Arthurian fantasy and is the first book in the Griffin Legends series. Author statement: “This story lived in the dark corners of my mind for many years, but it took a while to get serious about writing it. I spent a long time fretting over certain details about the worldbuilding, and I always found myself too busy to write. Finally, I told myself I just needed to make the time, write down the best ideas I had at the moment, and edit out the worse ideas later. It took five years to write Godfrey’s Crusade, but my only regret is not starting sooner!” Gryphendale Lara Lee ISBN 978-1-5391-8138-5 About the book: When Autumn, a human from our world, investigates a lone door in the woods, she is thrust into a faerie realm ruled by the evil wizard Maldamien. Immediately, she is cursed to look like a child with her memories erased. She must depend on a scholarly satyr, Puck, to help break the curse and unravel the mysteries surrounding her, including the photo she holds of the missing faerie Queen. Author statement: “Gryphendale is an original fairytale for young adults and adults alike. As an author with dyslexia, my books focus on heroes overcoming difficulties without being the most talented, the most skilled, or even the destined hero. They are books about persistence and hope.” The Last Prince E.G. Radcliff ISBN 978-1-73367-334-1 About the book: In a hellish city, the fate of a young boy rests on the very thing he fears most. Robbed of his childhood by tragedy and betrayal and forced onto the streets in a world of gangs and fae, only fury makes young Ninian feel whole—and he is more than willing to fight for his life. When he meets a crimson-eyed stranger, a boy so broken he refuses even to speak, Ninian does not believe he has the capacity to care. He is wrong. And that will change everything. Author statement: “My first book, The Hidden King, originated in a dream and grew as I began writing. As I got to know my characters, I knew that there was more to Ninian and that readers would love to know more about him. Thus, The Last Prince became the origin story for the series. I write because it makes me feel whole, it makes me feel like all me. It’s grounding. It’s my center.” B O O K L I F E .CO M 79
Indie Spotlight ® On These Black Sands Vanessa Rasanen ISBN 978-1-73276-523-8 About the book: He doesn’t mind killing people—he just prefers to do it on his own terms. But the pirates have no say in who they kill on this island. The council orders. The pirates obey. This arrangement has kept Declan from setting foot on these shores for years, until a bit of bad luck forces him to return. Author statement: “On These Black Sands was my first foray into writing fantasy, and this book stretched me as a writer, pushing me to give up my plotter ways to embrace the chaos that is pantsing a story.” Fantasy Romance Bed of Rose and Thorns Lee Hunt ISBN 978-1777973438 About the book: Sir Ezra is an Elysian Bell; he has a frightening potential that he keeps hidden deep beneath tight layers of steel armor. He secretly loves a dark queen whose touch would mean his death. Author statement: “Bed of Rose and Thorns is an exercise in exploring the power of feelings—love, in particular—at the same time that it examines the difficult life of an overscheduled female CEO, the Queen.” A Thousand Li: The Third Kingdom Tao Wong ISBN 978-1-77855-022-5 The Fire Prince (Qurilixen Lords) About the book: Long Wu Ying has been banished from the Verdant Green Waters Sect for defying the orders of the Elders. Forced to prove himself in the outer world before he is allowed to return, Wu Ying begins a journey that will have him visiting old haunts and a ISBN 978-1-62501-279-1 new kingdom. Author statement: “Writing an ongoing series is always interesting, especially when you start a new arc. In this case, Wu Ying leaves the familiar confines of his immortal cultivation sect and journeys into a new kingdom. Because of that, I needed to introduce new allies and enemies while keeping the focus on our protagonist. In this case, I chose to borrow from another genre, specifically the murder mystery, while wrapping the entire experience in a familiar xianxia trope of a fighting tournament.” The Wolf’s Tooth J. Steven Lamperti ISBN 978-1-73459-744-8 About the book: Becoming a member of a pack of wolves is just the first step on Twee’s coming of age in the magical kingdom of Liamec. Indentured and forced to work as a blacksmith’s apprentice, Twee remembers the freedom of the forests. Will Vix, the flamehaired street urchin who needs him as much as he needs her, help him escape? Author statement: “The Wolf’s Tooth started with the image of a bumbling baby boy walking into a dark forest. The story grew from there.” Michelle M. Pillow About the book: Charming a dragon prince might be her people’s only hope. Too bad the handsome shifter may be more than she can handle. Author statement: “Qurilixen Lords is the latest series installment in my interconnected Qurilixen world. It includes an extensive collection of paranormal, fantasy, and science fiction romance novels.” Foxen Bloom Parker Foye ISBN 978-1-919611-51-8 About the book: A queer fantasy romance starring a forest god and a man who gets more than he prayed for, Foxen Bloom begins when human Prior petitions horned god Fenton for his aid in saving Prior’s sister. A deal is struck—providing Prior helps to kill Fenton’s sibling in turn. Foxen Bloom is about the things we do for the family we find. It’s about magic, hope, and eating your enemies. It’s about, for some reason, goats. Author statement: “There aren’t enough queer fairy tales, and certainly not enough where the monsters get a happy ever after! With Foxen Bloom, I wanted to explore ‘traditional’ fantasy settings and motifs, but with a view to exploring the narrative from a different perspective.” Magical Thrillers Legacy Witches Cass Kay ASIN B0B6XPSPLY About the book: Coming from a long line of murderous witches hasn’t 80 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22
Indie Spotlight exactly been sunshine and rainbows for Vianna Roots. When she inherits the family’s haunted house after her mother dies, she decides flipping the run-down dump is her smartest move—but the ghosts that haunt her have a different plan. Author statement: “Although storytelling is a consuming hobby for me, I have dabbled in genealogy for over 15 years. I’m compelled by my ancestors; the lives they lived and the blood I’m honored to share with them makes me feel a little less insignificant in a giant world. So it should come as no surprise that there was a real Susannah Roots who was, indeed, accused of being a witch during the infamous trials that shook Salem, Massachusetts. And, yes, you guessed it—she’s my ancestor.” Sci-Fi Adventure ® Those Left Behind N.C. Scrimgeour ISBN 978-1-83845-991-8 About the book: Time is running out for the people of New Pallas. Nobody knows that better than Alvera Renata, a tenacious captain determined to scout past the stars with nothing but a hand-picked crew and a promise: to find a new home for humanity. But when a perilous journey across dark space leads to first contact with a galactic civilization on the brink of war, Alvera soon realizes keeping her word might not be as easy as she thought. Author statement: “This action-packed space opera is a love letter to all the sci-fi stories I’ve enjoyed over the years.” Sci-Fi Thrillers Cromby’s Axiom Imperial Knight James Evans ASIN B09GJMCCWV About the book: In an empire of 20 million worlds, a young man sets out to become an imperial knight. A captain of empire and master of many trades, the newly raised imperial knight contends with alien wars, robot assassins, terrorism, and political intrigue in the very heart of the imperium. Author statement: “I fell in love with the Dune and Foundation novels as a kid, especially the notion of an empire that straddles the stars and all the social and political complexity envisaged in such an institution—it provides a vast sandbox to both challenge the imagination and examine the many facets of the human condition. With Imperial Knight and the Humani series that will follow it, I intend to open a door into a remarkable new world that achieves these purposes.” Gary J. Kirchner ISBN 978-1-5255-9608-7 About the book: When Tommy Pierre Antikagamac, the world’s most popular celebrity, is suddenly cut off from the Hive and captured by free-thinking rebels, the unfamiliar emptiness and silence of his unattached mind almost drives him mad. In time, however, he comes to embrace the antiquated concepts of privacy, individuality, and unenhanced mental imagery—and to hate the Hive. Author statement: “I’ve taken trends in modern society and extrapolated them into the near future. The result is a disturbing glimpse of where we are heading. I had to publish this book now, because I was afraid that in 15 years people would read it and simply say ‘What’s the big deal?’” Lo The Segonian (Aldebarian Alliance #2) Dianne Duvall ISBN 978-1-957006-03-1 About the book: Eliana’s life has never been what one might term ordinary. At least, it hasn’t been for a very long time. As a powerful Immortal Guardian, she spends her nights hunting and slaying psychotic vampires that most of humanity doesn’t even realize exist. Then an opportunity arises that instantly makes her extraordinary existence seem downright boring. Author statement: “The Aldebarian Alliance series is a spin-off of my bestselling Immortal Guardians series.” Bradford Tatum ISBN 978-0-9844896-4-0 About the book: Willoughby, known back on Earth as “the East Hamptons of the Kuiper Belt System,” is the first sustainable colony on Mars. Built by the mysterious geneticist Carlo Yakamura, this settlement allows the rich to enjoy decadent homes, physically modifiable partners, meals based on their best memories, and boutique children known on Willoughby as Builds. Even among the uniquely gifted Builds, Lo is unique. And uniquely unbalanced. Author statement: “I wrote Lo with the intention of bringing the human back to science fiction. In a genre increasingly suffused with dystopian AI and rogue technology, I wanted to explore an advanced future in desperate need of humanizing rationality, care, respect, ■ understanding, and love.” B O O K L I F E .CO M 81
PAID LISTINGS PW SELECT LISTINGS ® New Titles from Self-Publishers Booksellers, publishers, librarians, and agents are encouraged to look at the 63 self-published titles below. Each appears with a list of retailers that are selling the book and a description provided by its author. Some of these writers are waiting to be discovered; others have track records and followings and are doing it on their own. If you are a self-published author interested in listing titles in this section, please visit publishersweekly.com/pw-select for more information. Fiction After Claire: In Search of a Habitable Life John R. Wallis. BookBaby. $13.99 paper (260p), ISBN 978-1-66780651-8; $4.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-66780652-5 Amazon The story of a man coming to terms with the loss of his wife and a fractured relationship with his grieving daughter, as events in his professional life threaten his very safety. All I’m Asking J. Marie Rundquist. Book, Ink. $14.99 paper (342p), ISBN 978-1-73792870-6; $4.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-73792871-3 Amazon, BN.com, Bookshop.org, Kobo In a story narrated via emails, texts, and discussion forums, Rundquist delves into the bonds of friendship and family, what can test them, and how to find the way back to strengthen those ties. The Bowl of Salad Salma Alrasheed. Salma Alrasheed. $4 paper (33p), ISBN 979-88-402-7554-2 Amazon 82 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 Cucumber has big dreams, but all around her things are getting more confusing. Will she be able to make her dreams come true? A Collection of Tiny Stories: Diminutive Tales from the Tip of My Imagination C.K. Sobey. Outskirts Press. $27.95 (63p), ISBN 978-1-73750614-0; $17.95 paper, ISBN 978-1-73750613-3 Amazon, BN.com, Outskirts Press In this collection, Sobey relates tales that came to them spontaneously. Emma’s Army: How Millions of Angry, Marching Seniors Saved Their Vanishing America Dan Chabot. KDP. $16.99 paper (250p), ISBN 979-84-3987486-6 Amazon A feisty, patriotic grandmother takes on the woke and oh-sopolitically correct forces that are threatening her beloved country. The Emperor’s Regret Barbara A. Pierce. Pageturner Press and Media. $12.99 paper (44p), ISBN 978-1948304-20-7 Amazon Don’t Poke the Bear Robin D’Amato. Atmosphere Press. $19.95 paper (345p), ISBN 978-1-63988290-8; $7.99 e-book, ASIN B09ZDDDGPB Amazon, BN.com It’s 1995 and three boho friends find themselves caught up in the rough currents of New York City. Life might be easier elsewhere, but for these friends, elsewhere is never an option. This original folktale tells the story of a popular young emperor who makes the decision to renounce his former lifestyle for another. Fallout Shelter Steven Schindler. The Elevated Press. $16 paper (296p), ISBN 9780-9662408-3-2; $9.99 e-book, ISBN 978-09662408-5-6
PAID LISTINGS PW SELECT LISTINGS ® the next pandemic makes Covid-19 look like sniffles. But humans find guidance to survive from those with supreme wisdom, namely influencers and AI. Amazon, BN.com A coming-of-age mystery that follows three best friends from the Bronx in the 1970s, when they suspect a priest of sexual abuse. The Johnson Place: A Rappahannock County Story J. Stewart Willis. Authors’ Tranquility Press. $13.99 The Secret Life of Sunflowers paper (438p), ISBN 9781-958179-97-0 Marta Molnar. Marta Molnar. $12.99 paper Amazon (388p), ISBN 978-1940627-49-6; $5.99 This is the story of a tract of land, the site of a tragic hunting accident, the sexual enslavement of a 17-year-old, the murder of a farmer’s wife, and more trivial events. The Lapone Sisters Barry Wilker. Archway Publishing. $28.95 hardcover (314p), ISBN 9781-66572-343-5; $19.99 paper, ISBN 978-166572-345-9 Amazon, Archway Publishing, BN.com In the summer of 1976, three exceptionally different sisters begin walking their individual paths. The Milkman Story David Ellis. Xlibris. $8.99 paper (98p), ISBN 9781-66410-092-3; $3.99 e-book, ISBN 978-166410-091-6 Amazon Be amused by the odd ways of the characters in this book. Feel sympathy for their mishaps and trials, and be shocked by their goings-on and shenanigans. Mystery/Thriller Ashes of Despair e-book, ASIN B0B5G1KKCZ Mary Schaller. Xlibris. $19.99 paper (336p), Amazon, BN.com, Ingram, Overdrive ISBN 978-1-54346675-1 When auctioneer Emsley Wilson finds a 100-year-old diary, the pages are full of surprises. The first surprise is that it belongs to Johanna Bonger, Vincent van Gogh’s sister-in-law. Tycho Brahe Secret Trygve E. Wighdal. A. Wighdal & Sons. $14.95 paper (422p), ISBN 9781-73381-515-4 Amazon, BN.com A badass teenage cypher-punk girl seeks the help of a renegade Nobel laureate and a 16th-century alchemist in a struggle to rescue her brother from a certain death—and humanity. Amazon This sequel to Deadly Distrust takes place three years later, during the AIDS crisis in San Francisco. The morals of sex are changing, and the LGBT community is in turmoil. High Bluffs (High Bluffs Trilogy #1) Sally Royer-Derr. KDP. $19.99 hardcover (405p), ISBN 979-88420-6771-8; $5.99 e-book, ASIN B0B7CKP1YN Amazon Paul Robbins. Xlibris. $14.99 paper (144p), ISBN 978-1-66419368-0; $9.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-66419- Poetry Joanna Dresden lives an idyllic life in High Bluffs, ME, running her family inn with her husband. She’s devastated when he is killed in a car accident. 367-3 Amazon A Journey Through the Labyrinth of Time Jaykyll’s Joust Somewhat biographical, somewhat didactic, this book tells a story that brings fresh hope and inspiration through the simplicity and enduring impact of a Gentile pastor on a Jewish man. Notes from the Pandemic of 2025 Rhys McCarney. Lulu Press. $1.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-387-98421-3 Amazon, Apple iBooks, Lulu Press A mostly humorous peek into the future: Jill E. Kinkel. Xlibris. $17.99 paper (274p), ISBN 978-1-66419364-2; $3.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-66419363-5 Amazon A collection of inspirational poems written to take readers on a lyrical adventure. Naughty Nonsense, Lascivious Limericks and Much More R.H. Peake. Toplink Publishing. $15.99 paper (314p), ISBN 978-1948779-88-3 Amazon John Jaykyll, a professor at a small college in southern Appalachia, is having a midlife crisis due to his conflict with the new college president, who hates his mountain origins. B O O K L I F E .CO M 83
PAID LISTINGS PW SELECT LISTINGS ® Public Opinion The Last Spy Hell Spring Bryan Mooney. BME Publishing. $11.99 paper Nathan Pettijohn. Cordurouy Books. Isaac Thorne. Lost Hollow Books. $19.99 paper, (414p), ISBN 979-88378-7816-9; $3 $17.99 paper (264p), ISBN 978-1-5445- ISBN 978-1-93827154-0; $2.99 e-book, e-book, ASIN B0B64HM4TS 3223-3 Amazon, Apple iBooks, ISBN 978-1-93827155-7 Amazon, Apple iBooks, BN.com, Kobo BN.com, Google Play IsaacThorne.com, Amazon, Apple iBooks, China has been stealing America’s secrets. The CIA lets them, but soon that secret is out when a low-level accountant discovers what the CIA has been doing. Herb is a fixer, a social media manipulator, an anonymous barracuda in a sea of wealthy marks. Blackmail, character assassination, fraud—it’s all in a day’s work. Unmasked The Many Angles of Milestoneville BN.com, Kobo, Google Play, Smashwords Eight small-town neighbors attempt to survive the predator in their midst during a 100-year flood. Will they become victims of the night the townsfolk all remember as Hell Spring? Howard K. Pollack. Lochranza (The Book #1) Golden November. KDP. $24.95 paper (619p), Stonesong Digital. $13.99 paper (268p), ISBN 979-88-400- ISBN 979-89-86271- Macauley. $9.99 paper 4086-7 Amazon 80-4; $3.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-73620- (254p), ISBN 978-1398-42651-1 599-0 Amazon Amazon, Austin Macauley Milestoneville is a fascinating town. It’s an open world where the characters roam freely. There are many angles of Milestoneville. The Marriage of Figgalo Philip Emma. Philip Emma Books. $12.45 paper (315p), ISBN 9781-957378-73-2; $1.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1957378-71-8 Amazon A comedy that arises when a detective tries to investigate numerous sets of twins. He generates many misunderstandings. Once Is Never Enough: Revenge Never Sleeps Monique Gliozzi. Tellwell Talent. $17.99 hardcover (224p), ISBN 978-0228-87921-3; $13.99 paper, ISBN 978-0-22887920-6 Amazon, BN.com This thriller follows a female serial killer whose modus operandi is revenge. 84 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 Mark Haviland. Austin A murder victim. A senseless robbery? But the dead woman’s high school sweetheart, a high-powered attorney, uncovers a web of intrigue tied to China, a weaponized virus, and the Feds. Boy wizard meets girl wizard, then loses her. Distraught, he’s sent on a mission to travel around the whole of his world and record what he sees in a journal, the Book. SF/Fantasy/Horror The Space Traveller’s Lover 2023: World War III Carl Berryman. Author Reputation Press. $15.99 paper (504p), ISBN 9781-64961-162-8 Amazon The People’s Republic of China explodes out of its borders. This book presents China’s military preparations and grand strategy for such a disaster. Castillo Cove Conor Metz. KDP. $12.99 paper (292p), ISBN 97988-392-6636-0; $3.99 e-book, ASIN B0B6727GCB Amazon In a quiet town where hardly anything ever strays from the ordinary, one night is about to get real deadly. Omara Williams. AuthorHouse. $18.56 paper (284p), ISBN 9781-66559-247-5; $4.99 e-book, ISBN 978-166559-246-8 Amazon Ten thousand years ago, an alien race was driven from Earth by ancient humans. As 16-year-old Erin realizes her life is inevitably linked to the aliens, she’s about to learn only her newfound love has the power to determine her destiny and that of humanity. Stoned in the Afterlife: A Possible Journey, Part One Rupert Russel Douglas. SITA Publishing House. $1 e-book, ISBN 978-173970-710-1 Kobo
PAID LISTINGS PW SELECT LISTINGS Following a car accident, Joe isn’t convinced he’s dead. Nothing he’s experiencing fits with any teachings of any faith he’s heard of. He decides to play along until he wakes up. Nonfiction 75 Quotes of Inspiration for Today Gregory Anson. 48 Hours Book. $2.99 e-book, ASIN B09YPSX3BW Amazon The quotes in this book are based on the author’s personal experience and are intended to encourage the reader to strive for their highest purpose in life. Above the Storm Clouds: A Discipling Guide for Empowering Christian Believers William H. McIntyre. WestBow Press. $11.95 paper (112p), ISBN 9781-66426-615-5 Amazon McIntyre helps readers prayerfully review their walk as a Christian and examine the benchmarks established along the way. Acts of Compassion: Bringing Love and Caring Back into Your Life Michael and Linda Spangle. SunQuest Media. $15.99 paper (220p), ISBN 979-8985070-81-1; $9.95 e-book, ISBN 979-8985070-82-8 Amazon, BN.com Filled with eye-opening stories, fresh insights, and easy-to-follow examples, the Spangles’ work seeks to renew spirits and encourage kindness and compassion. American Apocalypse: Some Thoughts on the Rise of Fascism and the Betrayal of Democracy 1971–2020 M.G. Montpelier. Xlibris. $16.99 paper (130p), ® ISBN 978-1-66980660-8 in U.S. Army history, written in English and Spanish. Amazon A reflective commentary on the 50-year Republican assault on America starting with the 1971 Powell Republican political “dark money” offensive to “save capitalism from democracy.” Compassionate Recovery: Mindful Healing for Trauma and Addictions Darren Littlejohn. Rainbow Light Media. $29.99 paper (440p), ISBN 978-0-98952604-3 Amazon, Ingram Ascendancy Patrick Earl Dwyer. Palmetto Publishing. $24.99 paper (382p), ISBN 978-1-68515119-5 Amazon In this American heritage story, Dwyer presents the saga of the Magoffins and O’Dwyers and the diaspora from Ireland circa 1800 to America, Australia, Jamaica, and Mexico. Be Transcendent to Sustain Happiness: Ethics Philosophical Essays—Reduce Miseries and Stresses Yvon Milien. yMilien. $16.99 paper (184p), ISBN 979-89-8603640-3; $6.99 e-book, ISBN 979-89-8603641-0 Amazon, BN.com, Ingram Milien draws inspiration from many sources, prompting the reader to follow the high path to sustain happiness through life’s challenges. The Borinqueneers: A Visual History of the 65th Infantry Regiment/Los Borinqueños: la historia visual del Regimiento 65 de Infantería Noemí Figueroa Soulet. El Pozo Productions. $39.99 hardcover (200p), ISBN 979-8218-00184-1 Borinqueneers.com, Amazon The inspiring, illustrated history of the famed Puerto Rican 65th Infantry Regiment, the only Hispanic-segregated unit Littlejohn presents principles-based recovery from trauma and addictions and discusses ACEs, the neuroscience of addiction, trauma, mindfulness, and compassion. A guidebook with dozens of practices for individuals and groups. The Divine SelfQare Strategy: A Wellness Guide to Total Body Alignment Sheila Brown. Lighthouse Consulting. $19.95 paper (272p), ISBN 97982-18-00027-1; $10.99 e-book, ISBN 979-8218-00025-7 Queendomqare.com, Amazon, BN.com, Ingram Follow Brown through a journey of spiritual enlightenment and divine wisdom as she navigates her way through a rich African ancestry and ancient health and wellness practices. Found (Love Seeker, Part 1) Barbara Ann Quinlan. The Book Reality Experience. $9.95 paper (156p), ISBN 978-0-64506298-4; $3.99 e-book, ASIN B0964N9GXL Amazon, BN.com The memoir of a 1960s wild child who studied under Jerzy Grotowski and had affairs with high-profile Hollywood actors and an Israeli music icon, all to find her place in the world. Imagineer Your Future: Discover Your Core Passions Les LaMotte. Goldtouch Press. $14.26 paper B O O K L I F E .CO M 85
PAID LISTINGS PW SELECT LISTINGS ® (184p), ISBN 978-1- Amazon, BN.com, Google Play D. Patrick Miller. Fearless 956803-20-4 Amazon Muse details his life challenges and experiences. After a cancer diagnosis, an internal fight ensued—a mental battle against the shadowy figures who whispered morbid thoughts. Books. $17.95 paper (294p), ISBN 978-0- Petals and Thorns: A Memoir: The Round-the-World Journey of a Remarkable Man Bookshop, Smashwords LaMotte seeks to help readers discover their core passions, which he argues will free them to begin imagineering the journey to their future success. He says to stop fulfilling someone else’s dreams. Knitted Faith Bhupat Doshi. Lulu Publishing Services. Karen E. Chin. CLM $14.12 paper (228p), ISBN 978-1-4834- Publishing. $14.99 paper (112p), ISBN 978-0- 9649-8 Amazon 9907171-0-2 Amazon, BN.com Eleven lessons to help readers develop powerful faith to move mountains and build the lives they desire. Use them to knit the threads of one’s life into a glorious tapestry. Manifest Your Secret Self: 9 Lessons from Dance to Rediscover, Reconnect, and Rebalance into Your Happy, Authentic Self Weiyi Zhou. AuthorHouse. $11.46 paper (364p), ISBN 978-1-66559421-9; $4.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-66559420-2 Amazon This personal development book offers a series of nine lessons derived from dance that, when applied to life, can help the reader discover the best authentic self and manifest true happiness. Morbid Thoughts and the Domino Effect: Passing Thoughts During Cancer: A Memoir Perry Muse. Gatekeeper Press. $28.99 paper (364p), ISBN 978-166292-562-7; $6.99 e-book, ISBN 978-166292-563-4 86 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 Doshi, born in India but raised in Sudan, was expected to fulfill family obligations— even if that meant giving up his dream and walking away from the girl he loved. The Pursuit of Marriage Oneness: The Key to Marital Success H. Irving Wilson. Xulon Press. $16.73 paper (232p), ISBN 978-166284-699-1; $7.99 e-book, ASIN B09YN1K43S Amazon, BN.com, Books-a-Million Wilson claims to reveal the key to marital satisfaction using a faith-based perspective from the Song of Songs with practical applications for marriage fulfillment. The Shell and the Octopus: A Memoir Rebecca Stirling. She Writes Press. $16.95 paper (296p), ISBN 9781-64742-323-0 Amazon This is a memoir of a girl forced to navigate survival and adventure while raised by her father on a sailboat circumnavigating the world and an account of finding one’s true self. Understanding A Course in Miracles: The History, Message, and Legacy of a Profound Spiritual Path 578-90643-0; $9.95 e-book, ASIN B094Z1LN19 Amazon, BN.com, A comprehensive and balanced overview of the popular spiritual teaching known as A Course in Miracles. The Ups and Downs of Growing Older: Beyond Seventy Years of Living Viola B. Mecke. Xlibris. $12.99 paper, ISBN 978-1-66980-701-8; $3.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-66980-700-1 Amazon This book looks into the difficulties encountered by older people—the loss of health, energy, memory, social relationships—and the creative approaches they take to these life changes. Vision of Hope Leilani Faber. Brilliant Books Literary. $10.99 paper (106p), ISBN 9781-64133-837-0 Amazon Faber offers hope for anyone who has found their life severely impacted by meth or other drugs. She demonstrates that despite the damage done by meth use, with hard work, redemption is possible and a new life awaits anyone willing to make that commitment. What the Pluck? Hermes’s Joke: The Image of the Harp in the Cinema F. Marion Redd. Clairsech House. $24.95 paper (176p), ISBN 978-0578-28842-0 Amazon, BN.com A study of the harp as an archetypal symbol for the god Hermes-
PAID LISTINGS PW SELECT LISTINGS Thoth, the trickster and lord of harmony in the Platonic Cave of the Cinema. In other words, a line from ancient gods can be drawn straight to Cary Grant. You Matter in This Information Universe: Which May Contain No Matter Particles; Just ‘In-Formed’ Energy Jesuis Laplume. Jesuis Laplume. $5.85 paper ® A nightmare unfolds when dead bodies wash ashore, rekindling interest in a mysterious occurrence. Local residents challenge the police to find the killer. ISBN 978-1-66980486-4 Amazon This book chronicles the adventures of Mr. McGee as he goes on a scavenger hunt and follows clues that lead to a wonderful surprise in the end. Christy Hui. Kokomo The Last Triceracorn, Book 1 e-book, ASIN B09LWQBLVJ Entertainment. $12.99 paper (200p), ISBN 979- Vincent M. Miceli. M4 Publishing. $19.99 Amazon 89-86299-81-5; $9.79 e-book, ISBN 979-89- paper (304p), ISBN 979-89-86324-80-7 86299-82-2 Amazon Amazon, BN.com, Books-a-Million (45p), ISBN 979-87583-7581-5; $4.09 Laplume explores his theory that people are not physcial beings but actually Special Information beings with minds that connect, using information-processing abilities, to the Cosmic Mind of the sentient universe. Children’s/YA The Adventures of Toby Baxter: The River Elf, the Giant, and the Closet Tim Wright. BookBaby. $11.99 paper (197p), ISBN 978-1-66784963-8; $2.99 e-book, ASIN B0B4PHGCKN Amazon, BN.com, BookBaby, Bookshop On his 13th birthday, Toby Baxter is led through his closet by an elf into a magical land where, Toby discovers that he’s meant to be the hero to do battle against the trolls. Flying Fillies: The Sky’s the Limit Twelve-year-old cowgirl Dawn Springfield’s dreams are as big as Texas. But her friendship with the WASP female pilots of WWII gives her something she’s never even dreamed of. My Animal ABC Book The Ghost Story A major depressive disorder, seizures, and an eating disorder lead Mia Callan and Milo Chatham to a brutal array of dangers. David McGee and the Birthday Surprise Andie Campbell. Xlibris. $12.99 paper (24p), ISBN 978-1-66980-487-1; $3.99 e-book, Daniel Guzman Escobar. AuthorHouse. $20.99 paper (30p), ISBN 978-1-66553172-6; $3.99 e-book, ISBN 978-1-66553173-3 Amazon Victor Bonsignore. Great Writers Media. $14.95 paper (64p), ISBN 9781-957974-35-4 Amazon Filled with spooks, screams of fear, and the tricks and treats of Halloween. How Books Changed My Life: The Story of an Awkward Kid Vino Venitas, illus. by Meraki Goya. Kobo. $6 e-book Kobo Dancing Without Music Angela Grey and Paige Peterson. KDP. $12.99 paper (241p), ISBN 97984-7650-519-8 Amazon This modern-day fantasy is about two strong-willed and gifted sisters who unexpectedly find themselves drawn into an epic of adventure, suspense, mystery, and magic. Fun and educational, this book is designed to introduce children to the alphabet while teaching them about the wonderful animals that live on the planet. My Smile Is My Mask Francesca De Geronimo, illus. by Hong Diep Loi. GateKeeper Press. $13.99 paper (104p), ISBN 978-1-66292761-4; $5.99 e-book, ASIN B0B6WWWGDQ Amazon, Apple iBooks, Traza is a young boy who deals with anxiety and the inability to make friends. One day he picks up a book and learns about the joy of reading. Lake of Secrets Angela Grey and Paige Peterson. KDP. $17 paper (255p), ISBN 979-88-368-5678-6; $9.99 e-book, ASIN B0B6CMTWBX Amazon BN.com, Google Play A collection of poems exploring the challenging thoughts that adolescents and young adults often experience. ■ B O O K L I F E .CO M 87
PAID REVIEWS BookLife Reviews BookLife Reviews are paid reviews of independently published books. Each review contains the honest opinion of a professional Publishers Weekly reviewer. A lightning bolt ( ) indicates an Editor’s Pick, a book of outstanding quality. SPIRITUALITY & INSPIRATIONAL Artist: Awakening the Spirit Within Jocelyn Jones | Goodspeed Press 286p, E-book, $9.99, ISBN 978-1-54452831-1 MYSTERY/THRILLER Hunting Rabbits Mark Gilleo 342p, trade paper, $14.99, ISBN 978-0-999-04726-2 Hollywood acting teacher Jones delivers a motivational debut that encourages artists of all types to connect to their muse or spirit—the ultimate source of their inspiration—to power their creativity and achieve personal goals. “The artist seeks to discover what we can be beyond what we already are,” Jones writes. She urges readers to know themselves, first and foremost, exploring their values and heeding their inner voices, particularly in a time of social unrest, when influencers bombard us with overpowering messages. Jones urges readers to tune out the noise and connect to inner truths, arguing “It’s time to wake up and realize who you are and what you’re capable of.” Jones first tackles the importance of identity, encouraging analysis of questions like whether one’s goals contribute to one’s art, well-being, and community—and encouraging readers to say “I am an artist” rather than “I want to be an artist.” Each chapter opens with an enlightening story from Jones’s own life to illustrate how experience can be a guide to awareness. Jones also delves into the discomfort that comes with not having all the answers, encouraging readers to explore uncharted territories, declaring “Once you think you know, you’re done learning.” Readers will appreciate the uplifting tone of Jones’s guidance as she outlines how to perceive without prejudice and attributes living in the moment to confidence in our own decision making. Hands-on activities like sample meditations, exercises, and journaling prompts offer user-friendly methods for taking Jones’s Great for fans of Marti advice to heart. The result is a DeLeon and Cameron D. practical and upbeat guide to Rodriguez’s You Are Worthy!, living a creative life through Elizabeth Gilbert’s Big Magic. spiritual awakening. Gilleo’s propulsive, catand-mouse mystery finds local-boy-turned-Williamsburgpolice-chief Charlie Gates and his detective, Miami import Luis “Quags” Millares, chasing after a serial killer deliberately being shielded from their reach. The case is personal for Gates; his sister Heather was one of the victims as a college student back in the eighties. Paired with Quags, a former big city detective with the skills and bullet wounds to prove it, the two are a formidable pair. When a local armed robbery produces a print from a good Samaritan that matches one found on Heather’s Walkman, Charlie thinks he finally has an opportunity to put old ghosts to rest. But the two men find during their initial investigation that their killer is likely from the CIA’s Camp Peary, aka The Farm, and the agency holds its cards– and its employees–close to the vest. Gilleo (Terminal Secret) writes a fast-paced story that’s easy to get into, and serves as a stark reminder of the power of government in protecting its own. Mystery and procedural lovers will enjoy the convincing (and chilling) details about CIA tactics for misdirection, and also the ingenuity of the protagonists as they strive to hold the killer accountable. Quags and Gates will have to work quickly, because women are starting to turn up dead. Crisp, engaging interplay between these sharply drawn leads powers the book, and Gilleo maintains the tension, making the case complex enough to keep readers guessing, while the unveiling of the clues and twists feels satisfying. The focus is on the Great for fans of David case and cast, not violence, Baldacci’s Memory Man, making this a great read for Joanna Schaffhausen’s Gone any lover of thoughtful yet for Good. urgent mysteries. PRODUCTION GRADES: PRODUCTION GRADES: Artists of all kinds will find inspiration in this guide to knowing and expressing yourself. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A 88 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 A Virginia police chief and a detective face off against the CIA to catch a killer in this potent mystery. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A
PAID REVIEWS FICTION FICTION A Place of Refuge: Book Four of First Light The Last Single Woman In New York City Linda Cardillo | Bellastoria Press Llp 402p, trade paper, $19.99, ISBN 978-1942-20997-3 Lorraine Duffy Merkl | Heliotrope Books 226p, mass market, $17, ISBN 978-1-942-76295-9 The fourth book of Cardillo’s uplifting First Light series offers an absorbing tale of love between Daniel Richetelli, a Jesuit priest looking for renewed purpose in life, and Isabella “Izzy” Monroe, whose Chappaquiddick Wampanoag ancestry connects this standalone title to the earlier books in the series. She’s also an accident victim dealing with short term memory loss. She seeks refuge at Portarello, a thirteenth-century farm in the Tuscan countryside, serving as an intern on the suggestion of her friend Maria Belli, whose cousin runs the hotel connected to it. Though a bit reclusive because of her memory problem, she copes well with her duties, which involve much physical labor. She even manages, at times, to make peace with her condition, until Daniel’s arrival throws everything out of gear because of the deep connection she feels with him. Written alternately from the perspective of Izzy and Daniel, the novel invests deeply in character and its gorgeous milieu, at times at the expense of pacing in the early sections. Still, Izzy’s memory loss, which she tries to cover up, contributes to an intriguing feeling of tension and uncertainty throughout, especially when she realizes the second time she sees Daniel that she must have met him before–and, as Cardillo writes with her customary incisiveness, “the intimacy with which he greeted her frightened her.” Cardillo finds in these well-drawn characters some fresh twists on stories of romance and priestly temptation, while digging into rich themes of guilt, lust, redemption, and the healing power of love. The archaeological dig and sense of ancient Etruscan culture that backdrops the story adds novelty and thematic weight. The expectation and excitement of the final find also coincide with the resolution of conflict between the main characters, adding resonance to their process of discovering how to connect. One of the most engaging is Raffaello Richetelli, Daniel’s archaeoloGreat for fans of Colleen gist grandfather, who enlivens Coble’s Rosemary Cottage, the proceedings with his sharp Wanda E. Brunstetter’s The commentary. Hope Jar. Merkl’s (Back to Work She Goes) novel of heartbreak, the Hamptons, and a crusade against marriage itself follows marketing executive Samantha “Sam” Dennehy on her path down a life crisis of epic proportions. After her fiancé breaks their engagement, Sam throws herself into the launch of her own marketing company, becoming a fiercely independent entrepreneur. When her agency is hired to market the new reality TV show of Hannah Randolph, founder of the Anti-Wife movement, Sam soon finds herself entangled in Hannah’s trendy, unorthodox teachings— and her glittery lifestyle. At the behest of the ever-commanding Hannah, Sam agrees to spend two weeks at her compound in the Hamptons for “a deep dive into [Hannah’s] day-to-day,” but the decision comes at an immense cost for Sam. Sam, who devotes herself fully to her career, finds herself forging a mostly one-sided friendship with the controversial guru, and, spurred on by Hannah, quickly forgets about her standards while pushing away the most important people in her life, on a journey to heal from wounds she didn’t know she still had. Merkl excels at character development as Sam’s growing relationship with Hannah spotlights their unhealed wounds, stemming from their respective childhoods, giving the tale a rich backstory. Readers will sense Sam sliding down the wrong path but also understand why that trajectory is necessary for her eventual comeback. With crisp dialogue, a vivid sense of New York, and prose that refreshes like a summer cocktail, Sam’s story upends the old-fashioned theme of women needing men to heal them. The Anti-Wife movement fascinates, seeming invitingly bold at first as it encourages women to get comfortable in their own company, but Hannah’s teachings turn very toxic very fast. Readers will simmer with tension when Sam loses sight of everything she once held dear, but cheer as she finds her way back and maybe even learns to love again. PRODUCTION GRADES: PRODUCTION GRADES: An engaging tale of love, acceptance, and priestly romance set in the Tuscan countryside. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: B Left at the altar, an exec gets caught up in an anti-marriage movement in this sharp summer read. Great for fans of Kristan Higgins, Elaine Dundy. Cover: B- | Design & typography: A- | Illustrations: – Editing: A- | Marketing copy: A B O O K L I F E .CO M 89
PAID REVIEWS MYSTERY/THRILLER MYSTERY/THRILLER Risk: A Thriller Dark Sonnet Kathleen Morris | Dunraven Press 256p, e-book, $6.99, ISBN 978-1-73798666-9 Tom McCarthy & Bill Dohar | De Profundis Books, LLC 582p, e-book, $4.99, ISBN 979-8-986-39520-3 Morris (The Lily Of the West) crafts a thriller that’s equal parts romance, character study, and white-knuckle road chase. Jack and Grace, struggling country music singers stuck in a neverending cycle of dive bars and dead-end gigs, are on tour in the American Southwest when Grace discovers, and takes, a backpack stuffed with close to a million dollars in cash, abandoned in a bathroom stall. The money, a result of a drug deal gone wrong, kickstarts a breakneck chase that leaves behind a trail of bodies and bad decisions—with Jack and Grace caught in the middle. Morris’s focus on character development and skillful rendering of backstories adds a level of richness to an otherwise uncomplicated plot. Ruthless cartel boss Luis brokers the seemingly routine drug deal with hired assassins Roberto and Chang, allowing his enslaved mistress, Angel, to attend, never suspecting her loyalty may not be absolute—and when the deal turns deadly, giving Angel and Chang a chance for freedom, they make off with the money and drugs, in search of a different life. While a furious Luis sets out to hunt down Angel and Chang, Jack and Grace are caught in the crosshairs of their own deadly pursuit, as they try to escape with the stolen money. The couples are artfully depicted as two sides of the same coin: desperate, unyielding, and willing to do anything in order to outrun their misery. Readers will find themselves sympathizing with all four of the main players, even as they choose gruesome actions to survive, and no one escapes without blood on their hands. The characters are equal parts tough and clever, without coming across as superhuman, and the final confrontation will satisfy even the most astute reader. Morris sacrifices some tension for excessively lurid violence, but fans will relish the journey. In McCarthy and Dohar’s taut thriller, an ex-Jesuit, Myles Dunn, travels back to the venerable University of Oxford, where a deadly accident years earlier cost him his faith. A distressed friend, Father Jeremy Strand, needs help decoding a newly discovered sonnet by 19th-century poet Gerard Manley Hopkins, which may confirm the existence of a lost medieval chalice. Oxford is reeling from a gruesome murder that locals believe is the work of Muslim terrorists. While Dunn puzzles over the poem with university librarian Eva Bashir, another murder occurs, and Strand disappears—possibly the third victim. The duo hurries to unravel the poem’s wordplay and symbols to save their friend. The novel would benefit from tightening to reduce its hefty number of point-of-view characters. When the narration zeroes in on the main characters, including several chapters from Hopkins’s perspective, the plot picks up speed. The authors admirably connect the disparate dots—how does a “dark sonnet” shed light on a secret society from the 1500s and Britain’s history of anti-minority rancor? An array of well-drawn suspects keeps the mystery thrumming. While the characterization is strong, Dunn’s mastery of “a singular conjunction of skills”—he’s expert in everything from Hopkins’s poetry and the Arabic language to electrical wiring and martial arts— strains believability. Still, Dark Sonnet is an entertaining ride in the vein of the best historical conspiracy puzzle-thrillers, and its smart characters even playfully acknowledge the assumptions of the genre, when one wonders aloud why the poet resorted to an elaborate ruse when dying and desperate to convey a secret: “Couldn’t Hopkins have sent a letter to some trusted soul”? Fans of such mysteries will be glad he didn’t. A character-driven road thriller with a touch of romance. This Oxford-set puzzle thriller explores secret societies and prejudices past and present. Great for fans of Stan Great for fans of Liam Parish’s Love and Theft, Lisa Lutz’s The Passenger. Fialkov’s The Newton Code, Matthew Pearl. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A- | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A 90 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A
PAID REVIEWS SF/FANTASY/HORROR BUSINESS & PERSONAL FINANCE Conscience of the King: The Dragonhorse Chronicles, Book 2 FasTrack Export Showandah S. Terrill | Shorthorse Press 314p, e-book, $9.99, ISBN 978-1732-80525-5 Terrill’s second installment in the inventive, galaxy-spanning Dragonhorse Chronicles, after Dragonhorse Rising, sees the latest Dragonhorse, Ardenai Morningstar, now the most powerful being in the known galaxy, up against a new alien delegation, battling his own complex emotions, and confronting the weight of responsibility placed on his shoulders. Ardenai’s personal trials as he reckons with the realities of being the Dragonhorse showcase his maturation over the course of the story. Making alliances and enemies left and right, Ardenai is certain of only one thing: that his role as the new Dragonhorse is as precarious as the choices he makes. Terrill has created a believable futuristic landscape in her network of planets forming the Affined Equi Worlds, and she includes a helpful index so that readers can keep track of the many characters and locales spread throughout the galaxy. The otherworldly atmosphere Terrill conveys will draw in and surprise even the most well-versed science fiction readers, and she has created a fully believable milieu with multilayered, dynamic cultures and characters. At times, incongruous expressions and details, like a character asking if another is “hot to trot” or multiple characters making the thumbs up gesture, may pull readers from the otherwise finely detailed inner workings of Equi. Sensitive readers should be aware that Terrill does not shy away from the dystopic realities in her imagined world: rape is described in graphic detail. The depictions of sexual violence are not for the faint of heart. However, Conscience of the King stands out for its emotional weight and rich storytelling. This second compelling volume in the ongoing Dragonhorse Chronicles, boasting highly original worldbuilding, technologies, conflicts, and action, while offering seasoned science fiction readers much to sink Great for fans of Octavia their teeth into. E. Butler’s Lilith’s Brood, An immersive, inventive continuation of an epic science fiction saga. Elizabeth Stephens’s Taken to Voraxia. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: B+ | Marketing copy: A W. Gary Winget and Sandra L. Renner | FasTrack Global Expansion Solutions, Inc. 420p, trade paper, $89.99, ISBN 978-1-733-14748-4 In this clear-eyed, resultsminded guide, Winget and Renner lay out their strategic “FasTrack” methodology for businesses seeking to build effective export organizations targeting global markets. Arguing that companies are leaving “hundreds of thousands, even millions, of dollars ... on the table because of inefficient and ineffective global growth implementation,” the authors present a flexible, step-by-step approach to entering into international markets, building effective export organizations and distribution systems, achieving rapid market penetration, and maximizing sales and profits. This isn’t a book about why a company should consider global markets. Instead, it offers a smartly organized framework for getting the job done with speed and efficiency, including guidance about establishing teams, setting benchmarks, conducting assessments, developing resource networks and distribution channels, and the multitude of other considerations it takes to succeed—what to worry about now to save headaches later, and what can be adjusted as the team grows more experienced. The framework is notable for its clarity, adjustability, and thoroughness. Drawing on the experiences and challenges faced by companies who have succeeded in global expansion, Winget and Renner maintain a fat-free, highly practical emphasis, offering a refined, expanded version of the process laid out in 1991’s Fast-Track Exporting. Each worksheet has a clearly defined purpose—”Export Process Flow Chart,” “Trade Term Analysis.” Whether explicating the actions and paperwork a company must take on to secure letters of credit, or offering direction on broader questions of how to achieve greater market penetration, the authors’ decades of experience are clear. They Great for fans of Donna offer action steps, case studies, L. Bade’s Export/Import and a host of worksheets and Procedures and Documentation, briefs to facilitate and refine Entrepreneur’s Start Your Own the process. Import/Export Business. A highly practical, flexible, and thorough guide to expanding a business into global export markets. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: A Editing: A | Marketing copy: A B O O K L I F E .CO M 91
PAID REVIEWS BUSINESS & PERSONAL FINANCE SELF-HELP Broken to Better: 13 Ways Not to Fail at Life and Leadership The Innovator’s Handbook: A Short Guide to Unleashing Your Creative Mindset Michael Kurland| Houndstooth Press 161p, trade paper, $15.99, ISBN 978-1-544-52970-7 Kurland, co-founder of the Branded Group, a facility management provider, shares the business principles he and Kiira Belonzi have used to rocket their company to success, with a welcome focus on creating an inviting, inclusive company culture. After relocating from Long Island to Newport Beach, Calif., Kurland vowed to create a company where employees were excited to come to work. Now, he lays out a path for others to achieve that goal. He shares his lessons in this slim yet weighty step-by-step guide, delivering straightforward advice that can be generalized to virtually any business model (and may inspire in personal areas, too). Among other clear-eyed advice, Kurland counsels readers and leaders to strive to form new connections, to be open to new people and lessons, to be fearless and not confined to a comfort zone, and always to be people-centric and futuredriven, valuing your team and searching for ways to move the company forward with those talented team members. He warns against complacency at all costs, “whether your bottom line is booming or suffering,” and stresses the need for service-oriented efficiency, a mindset of continuous improvement, and a commitment to leading by example–“authentically, vulnerably, and transparently”–both in business and the community. “Inclusivity means ensuring every voice in your organization is heard and everyone has equal opportunities to advance,” Kurland writes. A caring communicator who solicits the honest opinions of employees and partners, Kurland prioritizes an inclusive company culture where workers and supervisors feel valued and appreciated. This down-to-earth roadmap for success will be a perfect fit for companies large and small, and Kurland’s emphasis on creating a supportive culture will resonate with bosses, leaders, and other professionals eager to set their teams up not just for success Great for fans of Simon but feeling valued. Sinek’s Leaders Eat Last, Tony This slim yet weighty guide offers practical guidance toward leading teams to success. Hsieh’s Delivering Happiness. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: B+ | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy:A 92 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 Hussain Almossawi 242p, trade paper, $17, ISBN 978-1-737-85080-9 Almossawi explores a multifaceted process of innovation in this sharp debut, delivering valuable resources and straightforward tools for readers who have or seek to develop an “innovator’s mindset.” Declaring his goal is to stimulate curiosity in new creatives, he approaches that outcome in a fresh, engaging way by emphasizing the driving forces behind curiosity and innovative thinking—such as diversity, understanding the impact of our environments, laser-focused thinking, and never being afraid to ask questions. Almossawi’s advice, based on the “first principles” approach to innovation, is delivered against the backdrop of Mélissa Menu’s brightly colored, comicsinspired illustrations, resulting in an inviting layout that will hold reader attention. Although compact, Almossawi’s handbook thoroughly analyzes the power of innovation within a tech-world framework. Drawing from years of design industry experience with companies including Apple, Nike, and Intel, he breaks down the thought processes, mindset, and environments that have fostered innovation, often illustrating the concepts with examples from the lives of Steve Jobs, Thomas Edison, and others. Almossawi presents guidance in a light, motivational tone, giving the handbook an airy and companionable feel that will resonate with readers—and the addition of key takeaway points sprinkled throughout the guide keep the emphasis on the practical. Particularly helpful are eight practical exercises aimed to stimulate the creative brain. Readers will find this handbook rich with constructive advice. Almossawi asserts that “childlike wonder” is an essential skill for innovation, encouraging readers to view the everyday through a quizzical lens. Creative minds, especially designers, will appreciate Almossawi’s chummy, inspirational manner Great for fans of Scott in this accomplished guide. Designers and other creatives will enjoy the fresh, practical feel of this guide to innovation. D. Anthony’s Eat, Sleep, Innovate, Jeff DeGraff and Staney DeGraff’s The Creative Mindset. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: A Editing: A | Marketing copy: A
PAID REVIEWS SELF-HELP MEMOIR Emotional Magnetism: How to Communicate to Ignite Connection in Your Relationships The Road Taken: Men, Motorcycles, and Me Sandy Gerber | Page Two Press 206p, trade paper, $16.95, ISBN 978-1774-58199-5 Communications expert Gerber (Woman of Worth: Defining Mom Success) powerfully lays out the importance of communication skills and how to use them effectively in this smart and sensitive work. Key to Gerber’s philosophy are four “emotional magnets”— safety, achievement, value, and experience–that correspond to the emotional needs that “magnetize” people, motivating them through life while also making it easier to engage and connect with them. She urges readers to understand these, in themselves and in others, while mastering key elements of successful communication, no matter the emotional magnet involved, such as empathy, authenticity, knowing yourself and how your behavior affects others, and maintaining a positive regard for others, which means stirring feelings of respect by focusing on others and taking their situations seriously. Gerber demonstrates empathy herself—and a keen sense of her readers’ needs — as she explains and explores the emotional magnets, identifying the characteristics, motivating factors, and challenges (which she calls “speed bumps”) associated with each. For example, people whose magnet is “safety”’ are driven by security, control, health, family, and ease of the path—they tend, she writes, to avoid spontaneity. Gerber tempers concerns about generalization by noting that a person’s emotional magnet can shift over time, that we’re all individuals, and that it’s important to pay attention to behavior over time for a fuller understanding of what drives someone. Writing with a positive spin throughout, Gerber shares her original advice and formulations with stories from her experience and practical tools. “When you speak to people’s emotional needs, not only will you be heard and understood, you’ll also be able to understand what people truly want,” she writes. This slim, Great for fans of savvy guide actually delivers, Kathleen Edelman’s I Said offering a clear route to deep, Thiss, You Heard That, Kate effective improvement of Murphy’s You’re Not Listening. communication skills. Gerber’s straightforward, inviting guide will transform communication skills and relationships. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A Linda Dodwell | Galah Press 213p, e-book, $19.99, ISBN 978-1-95359622-2 This inspiring debut describes one woman’s transformation from insecure to boldly optimistic, even in the face of heartrending failure. Linda Dodwell was born during the dark days of World War II, into a self-described “apocalyptic world” in which nothing was guaranteed. As she poignantly writes, “My life tumbled out like a sack of rocks on a chaotic path that turned and twisted, endlessly marked by exhilarating triumphs and sobering defeats.” Against this backdrop, she takes readers on a breathless ride through the ups and downs of her life, charting the development of—and discovery of—her reservoirs of inner strength. Dodwell’s rocky relationships with men often form the backbone of the story: her Marine father was usually absent; she ended her marriage after a long road of conflict and frankly recounted incidents in which both sought satisfaction outside it; and, later, the man she thought would be her companion for life changed irrevocably after a traumatic head injury from a motorcycle accident. These setbacks don’t slow her down, however, as she speeds ahead to discover her true potential— and becomes “the Linda [she] always wanted to be.” Readers will immediately recognize her wanderlust, which she attributes to a childhood move from California to New Jersey, and be staggered by the sheer amount of traveling she has accomplished, mostly on the back of her true love, the motorcycle. In fact, motorcycles become somewhat of a metaphor for Dodwell’s unpredictable path and are a major contributing factor to her happiness, despite the upheavals throughout her life. She also gives readers glimpses of her artistic side (she graduated from The San Francisco Art Institute and refers to herself as a “serial restorer”) and her passion for women’s rights, including a rousing interaction with Gloria Steinem. The takeaway is Dodwell’s circuitous path of self-discovery and her eventual realization that she can “take on whatever comes next.” Great for fans of An uplifting account of personal transformation, motorcycle road trips, and overcoming. Kathryn Schulz’s Lost & Found, Ayelet Tsabari’s The Art of Leaving. PRODUCTION GRADES: Cover: A- | Design & typography: A- | Illustrations: – Editing: B | Marketing copy: B B O O K L I F E .CO M 93
PAID REVIEWS MEMOIR MIDDLE GRADE Are You Okay?: The Carryover of Kindness Scaredy Bat and the Frozen Vampires, Book 1 A.S. Drayton | A.S. Drayton Books, LLC 282p, trade paper, $19.95, ISBN 9781-667-81176-5 Marina J. Bowman | Code Pineapple 113p, e-book, $4.99, ISBN 978-1-950-34108-5 Drayton’s coming of age memoir effectively captures the terrors and agonies of the journey to self-confidence and self-love. The memoir opens with college-aged Drayton facing despair after being dumped by his girlfriend. Though he feels like the only person on the George Mason campus who cares about his pain, a chance encounter with an empathetic pool-playing dorm resident named Anthony helps Drayton recover from the rejection and enjoy life on campus by making new friends. “Are you okay?” Anthony asks, and Drayton emphasizes what he found so heartening about the encounter: “In 2012, a black man talking about his emotions was already quite the rare sight, let alone inquiring about another black man’s obvious distress.” Drayton decides to join a fraternity in an attempt to overcome his shyness and develop self-esteem. That choice does bring out some of his strengths in the open, though in different ways than he expects, as several personal issues and setbacks remain to be confronted on the road to becoming an adult. Told in simple, clean prose with an incisive emotional intelligence, the memoir follows an uncomplicated linear structure. The honest descriptions about fighting shyness and Drayton’s keen desire for love and companionship, and his ambition to have “a loving family to call my own; the classic wife and kids” are relatable. However, passages describing the tasks he undertook to secure admission into his fraternity, and the problems that fraternity faced, lack the urgency of the more personal material, though readers with a connection to that milieu may find these sections engaging. Evocative descriptions of a recurring nightmare add weight to the tale, and eventually dream and reality bleed into each other, deftly capturing his sense of abandonment, his sinking self-worth, and his slow descent into an all engulfing sadness– all while showing readers that such feelings can be faced and discussed without stigmatiGreat for fans of J. R. zation. The last chapter, which Moehringer’s The Tender Bar: catches Drayton and friends A Memoir, Kendra James’s after a few years’ gap, movAdmissions. ingly ties the loose ends. Like any 12-year-old girl, Ellie is trying to find her place in life– but she’s also a vampire, and a jumpy one at that. In Bowman’s playful and surprising story for middle-grade readers, Ellie’s friends call her “Scaredy Bat.” Any time something frightens her, she transforms into a spooky nocturnal mammal—but still wearing cute little round glasses, of course. This is a major problem for Ellie, who longs to be a detective solving real mysteries. She finally gets to try some sleuthing when she attends a wedding and all of the guests are shockingly frozen solid. As Ellie and her friend Jessica work to crack the case, they make new friends—and Ellie learns to face her fears. In addition to the book’s magical elements, the story hinges on a very serious component. The wedding Ellie is attending will cement the “Fang and Flesh Peace Treaty,” which allows humans and vampires to marry. This is a big deal, especially since Ellie’s mom is a vampire, her dad is a human, and her family could be split up if the treaty were reversed. Young readers will likely want to discuss with adults how this fictional law mirrors certain situations in the real world, as well as how devastating it could be for people facing the possibility of losing essential rights. Serious themes aside, most of this story is filled with lighthearted, inventive fun, including a monster/suspect called a Jotun Frost Giant and super-powered hot sauce that keeps Ellie and her friends from freezing. Yevheniia Lisovaya’s crisp, colorful illustrations also provide levity and humor, showing wild-haired Ellie and her friends uncovering clues and working to find the culprit—while readers are encouraged to keep track of hints as well. Ultimately this book creates a likable cast of characters and sets the stage for an entertaining series of mysteries to come. PRODUCTION GRADES: PRODUCTION GRADES: A touching collegiate coming-of-age memoir about an introvert finding love and confidence. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A 94 B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 22 , 20 22 Bowman’s surprising, lighthearted story introduces a jumpy, 12-year-old vampire. Great for fans of Olivia Stephens’s Artie and the Wolf Moon, Laura Ellen Anderson’s Amelia Fang series. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: A Editing: A | Marketing copy: A
PAID REVIEWS MIDDLE GRADE YOUNG ADULT Boken’s Crazy Camping Caper Misfit’s Magic: The Last Halloween Boken the Dog 105p, e-book, $4.99, ISBN 978-1916-31818-2 Fred Gracely | Biskett Press, LLC 406p, e-book, $1.99, ISBN 979-8-98613640-0 In this delightful continuation of a middle-grade series narrated by a canny canine, Boken is living his best dog life, even when roughing it on a weekend camping trip. (While Boken himself is credited as the author, Sara Mastriforte helps document the Miniature Schnauzer’s rollicking tales.) Back home in Costa del Sol after traveling through Europe, he’s whisked off to a Spanish national park by his British dad Neil, who brings along military pal Karl and Boken’s best buddy, Bounce. The comfort-loving Boken is baffled by camping, but eager for new experiences, and he bristles when domesticated friends warn him that they’ll encounter wild creatures who could be hostile. Boken’s exuberant voice pulls young readers into his adventures, which are driven by his overwhelming curiosity and reckless confidence. He laughs at his own jokes with a delighted “teehee,” and rushes headlong into dangerous situations. The greyhound Bounce is his eager companion in mischief, and is not slowed down by the curved blade that functions as his prosthetic front leg. They enjoy their dads’ skill at the grill and frolic in the wide open world. Surprised by the friendliness of boars and wolves, who accept the dogs into their protective packs, Boken and Bounce are targeted by lone predators: a Spanish imperial eagle and Iberian lynx. Travel expands this eager dog’s knowledge of the animal world, and Boken’s Crazy Camping Caper focuses on introducing him to Spain’s native wildlife. Embedded in this action-packed outing is a humbling lesson: the impetuous pup frightens his beloved Bounce, which affects him more powerfully than risking his own safety. The lively design by Anna Hancock (who illustrates with Jo Litchfield) makes each page pop with energy, its bold characterdefining illustrations bursting with joyous chaos, and text that appears to be Boken’s handwritten scrawl, reflecting a mind bouncing between distraction and comprehension. Great for fans of Boken the dog offers young Victoria J. Coe’s Fenway and readers an enthusiastic guide Hattie, Chris Grabenstein’s to finding fun everywhere. Dog Squad. Gracely’s riveting debut young adult horror novel brings together a group of misfits— both human and magical—who must save their town, and magic in general, by stopping the most powerful wizard in the world from achieving omnipotence. In a town called Sparksville, young teen Goff Grahm accidentally stumbles into the world of magic while writing a research paper, setting in course a chain reaction that starts when Harkland Mathers, the rich and creepy new man in town, instantly becomes his sworn enemy. When Harkland’s intentions to steal Sparksville’s magic become clear, Goff is the only one with a chance at stopping him—by collecting the magic himself. But when Harkland kidnaps Goff’s dog as leverage in ensuring Goff promises not to cause trouble, the hero and his misfit cohort quickly find the stakes are higher than they could have imagined. Each character—both magical and human—stands out in an engaging way, ensuring relatability for young readers. Kids who normally can’t get along end up working together to save their town, and the real magic of this story is Gracely’s skill in showing that anyone can be a hero. These misfits’ antics are equal parts bewitching and entertaining: a skeleton from science class comes alive, Goff’s best friend is a stuffed cat that’s resurrected at night, and readers will adore Majesty, who gives Goff magical abilities, though she isn’t well-versed in how to do it. Gracely ensures the story never slows, with constant action and new developments hidden around every corner. Goff and his friends don’t just fight a bad guy; they also solve the mystery of who he is and how the past can help them save the future. Whether it’s running from scary henchmen, seeking advice from gargoyles, time traveling, or figuring out why the adults in town are disappearing, Gracely manages to sneak in Great for fans of friendship alongside the Victoria Aveyard’s Blade adventure. Readers will be Breaker, Leigh Bardugo’s drawn in quickly and never Shadow and Bone. want to get out. PRODUCTION GRADES: PRODUCTION GRADES: Boken shares his canine credo: enjoy family and friends, eat great food, and learn all you can. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: A Editing: A- | Marketing copy: B+ A group of young friends on an actionpacked magical adventure young readers won’t want to put down. Cover: A | Design & typography: A | Illustrations: – Editing: A | Marketing copy: A B O O K L I F E .CO M 95
REVIEWS ® The following are reviews of self-published titles that have previously appeared in PW Fiction Circadian Algorithms Tom B. Night. Tom B. Night, $13.99 trade paper (302p) ASIN B09W4JFZF3 In this engrossing techno-thriller from Night (Mind Painter), Madeline Johnston, the CEO of a company preparing for a lucrative IPO, decides to go for an early-morning swim at the fancy Tokyo hotel where she’s staying for business. At the deserted rooftop pool, she’s accosted by a bloodstained and rambling Japanese man, who refers to having gone without sleep for over 22 days. He asks her if she believes in dragons, then jumps to his death. Madeline later learns the man was Takayoshi Yamamoto, a controversial entrepreneur and just one of several successful corporate executives recently to die by suicide. Another such suicide, from the Golden Gate Bridge, is witnessed by Madeline’s husband, Darwin Johnston, the uncredited inventor of a cure for narcolepsy. The couple’s marriage and lives come under threat after Madeline secretly undergoes a procedure, illegal in the U.S., aimed at decreasing the amount of sleep she needs to function, despite being warned the operation could affect her dreaming in alarming ways. Night keeps the pages turning without sacrificing believable characters for his intriguing plot. John Marrs fans will be pleased. Future Tense: Tales of Apocalyptic Vision Michaelbrent Collings. Written Insomnia, $14.99 trade paper (390p) ASIN B09W786VX5 Collings (Malignant) chills in nine horror shorts that consistently twist and turn, never going in the direction the reader expects. In the cryptically named opener “Jingle All the Way,” a suicidal woman in a conformist dystopia participates in experiments on clones. The elderly agoraphobic heroine of “Lucid Dreams” sees strangers’ faces in her bathroom mirror then lives out their lives in her nightly dreams. Collings himself appears in the wacky “The Shortest Con,” where he plays poker with a ghoul, a troll, and a witch at a comic convention. 95a B O O K L I F E , AU G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 The powerful postapocalyptic “Button Man” asks what punishment should befall the person responsible for the end of the world. In “That’ll Sell,” a satire of convoluted science fiction plots, a book’s character visits the avaricious author who makes his life a living hell. The most unnerving of the bunch, “I Am an Ocean,” takes readers to a dystopia run by an omniscient artificial intelligence that keeps humans in thrall and punishes anyone who longs for a better life. The novella, “The Stranger Inside,” will be of special interest to Collings’s fans, as it later became the basis for Collings’s I Am Legion series. Collings has an intuitive sense of what will scare; his disquieting stories are sure to leave readers unsettled. The Horsemen: Manifest Destiny Jiba Molei Anderson and Kofi Malik Boone. Griot Enterprises, $14.99 trade paper (66p) ISBN 978-1-6662-7123-2 Anderson fuses African myths with American superhero aesthetics in this lofty compendium from the Horsemen series. Eight immortals have begotten Orishas— “Horsemen” who command elements of weather, water, etc. The volume mixes political and fantastical themes in three tales. In the first, Ogun, a herculean Orisha, bears a sacred mask over his chest showcasing his mastery over the element iron, facing off against a rival who represents death and destruction. The second episode explodes with successive splash pages of Horsemen repelling an American invasion of modern Nigeria. The final chapter imagines that 1% of the global population developed superpowers through an event called the Manifest. The larger-than-life characters, though lavishly drawn, overshadow narrative development, as character introductions and worldbuilding are packed into chapter openers, which frame a central dynamic similar to Greek Gods and Titans. Exposition is meted out through explanatory word boxes, sometimes in the guise of news reports. The volume bridges ancient and contemporary times, and nods are made to economic inequality, unchecked imperialism, and military aggression. Anderson’s care for the comics craft is evident throughout in the eye-popping, colorfueled action sequences. However, it’s more of an add-on for those who already follow the Horsemen series—a way station rather than a jumping-on point for new readers. Lost Island Barbara Newhall Follett. Farksolia, $21.95 trade paper (430p) ISBN 978-0-9962431-4-8 Follett, who published her 1927 novel, The House Without Windows, at age 12, before disappearing in 1939, left in her papers this engaging story of a restless young woman. Jane Carey, tired of soothing her friends’ troubles and bored with her job as an entomologist’s secretary, yearns for the wildness of her Maine childhood, which she fled after leaving her fiancé at the altar. She impetuously signs up to join the crew of the schooner Annie Marlow and, once on board, endears herself to the other sailors, especially the captain—she reminds him of his deceased daughter—and Davidson, a Joseph Conrad– adoring second mate. When the ship goes down in a squall, only Jane and Davidson survive, drifting on the open sea. They eventually land on an uninhabited island where they rhapsodize their primitive lifestyle and fall in love. After three years, a research team arrives on the island and rescues them, despite their hesitation to return to modernity. Back in New York, their choices pull them apart as Jane grapples with reintegrating into her old life. The zesty, ratatat dialogue echoes the era’s screwball comedies, and the plot flies by. It’s a strange thrill to encounter this assured young writer’s voice emerging from the ether. The Potrero Complex Amy L. Bernstein. Regal House, $18.95 trade paper (270p) ISBN 978-1-64603-250-1 Bernstein (The Nighthawkers) explores a plausible dystopic near future in this effective thriller. For almost five years in the 2020s, a pandemic devastated the globe. The disease decimated many communities, including Canary, Md. In 2030, veteran newswoman Rags Goldner arrives in Canary to assume the helm of the local paper, the Courant, improbably still a going concern despite the town’s loss of about two-thirds
REVIEWS of its population. She finds Canary preoccupied with the recent disappearance of 16-year-old Effie Rutter. But as there’s nothing new to report, Rags stops the Courant from continuing to run warmedover articles about the teen on page one in favor of covering a local environmental hazard. Rags finds numerous oddities in her new job, including that the Courant has stayed afloat from an odd source of revenue—“print ads in a tiny newspaper serving a dying community in a digital world.” She finds other mysteries to unpack as well after a second teen disappears and the local health authorities move to impose harsh, seemingly unnecessary restrictions on the town’s residents. Bernstein’s imagination is matched by solid pacing and characterizations. Chris Holm fans will be pleased. Ten Worlds Away Christopher Mari. Christopher Mari, $8.99 e-book (126p) ASIN B09RHNSKCL Mari (The Beachhead) collects 10 poignant and contemplative speculative shorts that run the gamut of human emotions, endeavors, and faults. Characters attempt to improve their relationships in “The Pigeon Coop”—about a young woman who goes back in time to prevent her 16-year-old grandfather from becoming the broken, loveless man who raised her father—and “Hypothymesia,” in which colonists debate settling on a planet where a microorganism removes all worry and guilt. Other off-world adventures thrill with unexpected revelations: as a scientist in “Up Above the World So High” explores his planet’s frozen sky, he encounters another explorer on the other side of the ice; and, in “Tell Me Why,” the people on two dying worlds make arrangements to preserve their genetic material. “Greener Grasses” offers a humorous commentary on humanity’s potential if only people applied themselves with the story of a traveler from a parallel Earth that has already cured cancer and established colonies on Mars. Mari cites The Twilight Zone as his inspiration for this collection, and the story that will most remind readers of an episode is “Constant Contact,” in which a lonely old man receives phone calls from dead loved ones. This clever collection is sure to please fans of wistful sci-fi. ® Westbound K. Patrick Conner. Nalc, $7.99 e-book (318p) ISBN 978-0-9856312-3-9 In Connor’s wistful multigenerational saga (after Dying Words), a downhearted patriarch delves into stories of an ancestor. In San Francisco, elderly divorcé Elliot Madison lives with his granddaughter Alissa, 23, whom he raised since she was a teen after his daughter’s divorce. Now Elliot grumps about the rebellious Alissa’s partying and playing drums in a metal band called the Sores. Once the editor of the San Francisco Chronicle, Elliot spends his retirement researching and reading the journal of his adventurous great-grandfather William Henry Madison, who in 1851 left his home in Charleston, S.C., in search of gold in California (he took the sea route around Cape Horn, and his journal describes the harrowing six-month voyage). Adding intrigue to Elliot’s genealogical research is a stranger, Phoebe Crighton, who claims her ancestor knew William. As Elliot begins writing a book about William, he collaborates with Phoebe on untangling the mysteries of their lineages and begrudgingly supports the Sores, ordering takeout for them and visiting their gigs. Connor teases out smart insights on his characters as they forge new identities. Here’s Elliot reflecting on William: “he had also gone in search of himself, hoping to learn who he was and who he might become.” Readers will delight in the lead’s moving and surprising discoveries. Children’s/YA The MisAdventures of George and the Talking Butt J.L. Frankel. Bradley & Brooke, $12.99 paper (202p) ISBN 978-1-66291-084-5 White 10-year-old George Smith discovers that his butt can talk in this chuckleinducing, bathroom-humor-laden novel by Frankel, which tonally recalls the Captain Underpants series. Told through episodic vignettes, George navigates life with his newfound companion, whose speech emits so much noxious gas that it’s unbearable for other people to stand too close. George and his posterior endure madcap misadventures, trials, and tribulations, including a painful case of poison ivy and battling a whoopee cushion at school. Though George tries to explain that these mishaps aren’t his solo doing, and that his talking tush is the cause of all this misfortune, no one seems to believe him—they just wish he would stop farting. Frankel’s thinly inked b&w illustrations feature throughout, depicting a fire-breathing George following chili pepper consumption and a Halloween mishap in which George and a friend show up in the same costume. Genuinely childlike-feeling prose, which occasionally breaks the fourth wall, capably portrays George as a woebegone protagonist who, nevertheless, takes his chatty derriere—and all its ups and downs—in stride. Additional jokes labeled “Butt’s Wisecracks” conclude. Ages 8–10. Samuel Shootingstar Adam Sanford. Jumpmaster, $19.99 (78p) ISBN 978-1-949184-69-3 Samuel Shootingstar encounters life forms he’s never met and places he’s never been while exploring the galaxy with new friend Luna Bunny in Sanford’s heartwarming ode to connection, healing, loss, and the meaning of home. Samuel, a starfish from the Brine Nebula who wears an astronaut suit and a jet pack, and large-eyed Luna, a purple bean-shaped creature called a bunnibee, have been traveling together since Samuel rescued Luna from the dastardly chef-pirates who destroyed her home. Vowing to help her find a new place to live, Samuel visits Council City to request an escort through the stars. Accompanied by a gelatinous steed, who “has many teeth and a surly attitude,” they begin their trek, but are soon derailed by a meteor storm, which frightens their escort and sends Samuel and Luna hurtling adrift through space before crash-landing on a planet inhabited by giant, slimy worms. While spare text sometimes lacks emotional punch, Sanford’s variously textured art, rendered in appropriately galactic blues and purples as well as luminous greens and yellows, provide narrative depth. This vibrantly illustrated space adventure, filled with curious creatures and imaginative locales, is a touching reminder that home is anywhere one’s loved ones reside. A note detailing the author’s inspiration concludes. Ages 7–up. B O O K L I F E .CO M 95b
Soapbox “Fiction... is the highest truth—the truth about human nature. The truth about me.” Confessions of a Closet Novelist A nonfiction author turns his attention to his first love: fiction By Michael Oren “When did you decide to write novels?” It’s the question I get most frequently from my readers, many of them curious and even disappointed that I’ve strayed from serious research to what they consider the “frivolities” of fiction. I have to explain to them that, in fact, I actually started out as a poet and screenwriter and only later turned to history. Even then, I was—and always will be—a novelist. “Nonfiction,” I confess to them, “supports my fiction habit.” E ver since that day I returned from sixth grade with a strange almostout-of-body sensation, sat down at my bedroom desk, and wrote my first poem, I knew I was a writer. I started with poetry—my first collection, completed at age 13, was grimly titled, Who Cries for the Soul of the Pigeon?—and went on to compose short stories and a film that won the PBS National Young Filmmakers Award. Fiction writing gained me admission to a college that otherwise would never have accepted me, and landed me a job as a gofer for director Orson Welles. But along with these early successes came a stack of rejection letters that only thickened over time. Denied admission to the famed Iowa Writers’ Workshop, I used my GRE scores to apply to a graduate program in history. That, in turn, led to bestselling books about the 1967 Six-Day War and America’s 200-year involvement in the Middle East, and to diplomatic posts and visiting professorships. I had fulfilled my dream of becoming a published writer, but only of nonfiction. Inside, though, I was still writing stories. Poems, vignettes, novellas—I scribbled them all in the off-hours, submitted them for publication, and reeled with each rejection. My best friends urged me to stop, saying they could no longer bear my suffering. “Your fiction is a fiction,” they said. “Even if I were a musician who never made the philharmonic and only played weddings, I’d still be a musician,” I replied. “A writer is who I am.” So a fiction writer I remained, and eventually some of those rejections became offers. I published three novels and two collections of stories, all positively reviewed. But while my history books continued to sell, my fiction books rarely made it to a second printing. Friends still advised me to give it up and focus on what I was good at. “History is about truths,” one of them declared. “Fiction is lies.” My response was to insist that fiction, on the contrary, is the highest truth—the truth about human nature. The truth about me. All of my fiction writing reflects three things about me: the thrill I derive from telling a good story, the joy of drawing on the rich experiences of my life, and the deep satisfaction of exploring the human condition. A story could be an international murder mystery, for example, and reflect my service as a diplomat and undercover agent, but it will also be a commentary on betrayal, memory, and love. Fiction is also freedom. It enables 96 P U B L I S H E R S W E E K L Y ■ A U G U S T 2 2 , 2 0 2 2 me to be whomever I want—a retired gay school principal, an alien, even a tiger—in any place or time I choose. In writing about the 16th century or cultures far from mine, I’ll often employ the tools I learned in graduate school. My forthcoming novel, Swann’s War, set on an island at the height of WWII, required research into fields as diverse as lobster trapping and cranberry farming, life on the home front, and the barriers facing policewomen in the 1940s. The highest compliment I receive as a nonfiction writer—“Your books read like novels”— is outdone only by the reaction my novels occasionally merit: “They read like history.” Still, there is the frustration of convincing audiences that while I continue to be a serious historian, I am a no less substantive novelist. There is the challenge of proving that history writing and fiction writing are not contradictory but complementary, that my love for storytelling does not in any way detract from my passion for facts. Both stem from an irrepressible need to connect with people on multiple levels and to convey the truth as I see it. I want to share that same wondrous out-of-body feeling I experienced in sixth grade and welcome all my readers to my world. ■ Michael Oren is a historian, author, and former Israeli ambassador to the U.S. His novel Swann’s War (Dzanc) is due out October 25.

1 0 0 R E C I P E S TO E AT TO L I V E TO 1 0 0 “The Blue Zones American Kitchen helps us all move away from fried foods, sugars, and processed meats and toward a true diet of longevity. The recipes are fantastic!” — K AT E H U D S O N , award–winning actress and co-founder of INBLOOM “This is the most important book you will read this year, guaranteed.” —A N D R E W Z I M M E R N , Emmy Award–winning television host, chef, and author “Dan Buettner possesses an uncanny ability to develop a novel idea, do deep research, and produce new insights and evidence on health and longevity. The Blue Zones American Kitchen is for anyone interested in eating their way to a longer, better life.” — S A N JAY G U P TA , Emmy Award–winning chief medical correspondent for CNN O N SA L E D E C . 6 , 2 0 2 2 ISBN 978-1-4262-2247-4 HC / $35.00 AVA I L A B L E 1 2 /6 / 2 2 W H E R E V E R B O O K S A R E S O L D NatGeoBooks @NatGeoBooks © 2022 National Geographic Partners, LLC